Panasonic Workio DP-C265 Service Manual Download Page 914

Page: 914 / 920

SD Card Firmware Writing Tool

Page 4

2. Installation

2.1

Installing the SD Card Firmware Writing Tool

Start Microsoft Windows.

Log on to the computer from an account with Administrator privileges.

Locate and Run the

Setup(.exe)

program in the

FirmSdCard

folder contained in the software

setup disk or folder.

Follow the instructions on your screen.

The completion message is displayed when installation is completed.

2.2

Uninstalling the Local Firmware Update Tool

The

SD Card Firmware Writing Tool

can be uninstalled by using its Uninstall program.

Note:

Do not delete the installed program folder from Windows Explorer directly, due to possible registry

setting problems.

Start Microsoft Windows.

Log on to the computer from an account with Administrator privileges.

Click the

Start

button on the Taskbar, point to

(All) Programs

►

Panasonic

►

Firmware

Update

then select

Uninstall SD Card Firmware Writing Tool

Follow the instructions on your screen to uninstall (Remove) the program.

The completion message is displayed when uninstall is completed.

Summary of Contents for Workio DP-C265

Page 1: ...se non technical individuals of potential dangers in attempting to service a product Products powered by electricity should be serviced or repaired only by experienced professional technicians Any attempt to service or repair the product or products dealt within this service information by anyone else could result in serious injury or death WARNING 2008 Panasonic Communications Co Ltd All rights r...

Page 2: ...2 ...

Page 3: ...3 ...

Page 5: ...5 ...

Page 6: ...6 For PB and Other Destinations not for PU USA Canada ...

Page 7: ...ift the Paper Transport Unit by the PC Board as damage to the PC Board will occur Make sure to lift the Paper Transport Unit as shown in the illustrations below Note Refer to the Installation Instructions when installing the Unit ...

Page 8: ...onnecting a live connector can cause arcing consequently deforming the plug and cause fire When disconnecting the machine grasp the plug instead of the cord Pulling on a cord forcibly can damage it and cause fire or an electric shock When the machine is not used over an extended period of time switch it Off and unplug it If an unused machine is left connected to a power source for a long period de...

Page 9: ...er container into an open flame Toner remaining in the cartridge bottle can cause an explosion burns and or injuries Keep button batteries stamp out of the reach of children to prevent chocking or poisoning If a button battery stamp is swallowed accidentally get medical treatment immediately Installation and Relocation Cautions Do not place the machine near heaters or volatile flammable or combust...

Page 10: ...clearing a jammed paper that is difficult or impossible to see do not try to remove it by yourself Doing so can cause injuries or burns Switch Off the machine immediately and wait until it cools down Consumable Safeguards Never heat the drum cartridge or scratch its surface A heated or scratched drum can be hazardous to your health Do not mix new and old batteries together as they can burst or lea...

Page 11: ...11 ...

Page 12: ...12 ...

Page 13: ...13 ...

Page 14: ...14 memo ...

Page 15: ...lor Registration 222 3 14 Calibrating the LCD 224 3 15 LEDs on the EC PCB 224 3 16 Adjusting Scanner Skew 225 3 17 LSU Replacement and Color Skew Adjustment Instructions 226 3 18 IT Belt Replacement 228 3 19 IT Belt Cleaning Unit Replacement 229 3 20 720K PM Kit DQ M35S72 DQ M32N72 232 3 21 Signal Waveform 259 3 22 SC PC Board 279 3 23 EC PC Board 287 3 24 ADF PC Board 342 3 25 SCN PC Board 359 3 ...

Page 16: ...xit Tray Outer DA XT320 680 9 9 Installing the 1 Bin Finisher DA FS402 682 9 10 Installing the 1 Bin Saddle Stitch Finisher DA FS405 687 9 11 Installing the Punch Unit DA SP41 695 9 12 Installing the ADF Handle for Accessibility DA UD321 703 9 13 Installing the Mechanical Counter PJWEF2170PU 705 9 14 Installing the Dehumidifier Heater Kit PJZEF217NPU 708 9 15 Installing the DDS Unlock Module DA UK...

Page 17: ...r Path Paper Feed Position Center Paper Output Face Down 2 Platen Fixed Original Position Platen Left Rear Face Down i ADF Left Center Face Up 3 Copy Process Dry Electrostatic System 4 Copy Resolution 600 dpi 5 Copy Mode Text Printed Yes Pencil Yes Text Photo Photo Paper Yes Error Diffusion Laser Printed Yes Error Diffusion Commercial Yes Error Diffusion Photo Photo Paper Yes Error Diffusion Laser...

Page 18: ...INV R For USA Canada etc A3 A4 A4 R A5 A5 R B4 FLS For EU FLS 8 x 13 in 8 5 x 13 in A3 B4 A4 A4 R B5 B5 R A5 For Other Destinations Bypass Envelope Yes 12 Warm up Time Color Approx 15 sec 68 F 20 C Mono 13 First Copy Time From Platen LT A4 Portrait 1st Paper Tray Period between Start Key is pressed and Paper exits to the Inner tray When LSU is ready Color Approx 10 3 sec DP C405 C305 C265 DP C354 ...

Page 19: ...py size Reduction Select Copy size Zoom 25 400 1 Step 23 Maximum Tray Capacities Paper Tray Front Loading USA Canada etc LTR 20 lb 75 g m2 Other Destinations A4 80 g m2 Capacity 550 sheets x 2 Low Level Warning 4 steps 0 and Less than 10 50 100 Sheet Bypass LTR 24 lb A4 90 g m2 Capacity 100 sheets 50 sheets Auto Size Setting Yes Paper Capacity Std Configuration Tray 1 2 Sheet Bypass 1 200 sheets 1...

Page 20: ...3 C213 PU 256 MB 256 MB Max 768 MB 256 MB Page Memory Option 640 MB 256 MB Page Memory Option Sort Memory Std SC PCB 29 GB HDD Std DP C354 C264 PU 12GB HDD Std DP C323 C263 C213 PU 128 MB 128 MB Max 29 GB HDD Std 12 GB HDD Option Fax Memory Std 3 MB Max w SD Card on SC PCB 96 MB 64 MB 4 GB 96 MB 64 MB 1 GB Hard Disk Unit Capacity 80 GB Std DP C354 C264 40 GB Std DP C323 C263 C213 40 GB Option 40 G...

Page 21: ...ons 1 Paper Feed System System Console 1 Tray 3 Yes DA DS320 550 sheets x 1 Paper Size Detection Manual Control Panel Low Level Paper Warning 4 steps 0 and Less than 10 50 100 Weight 58 3 lb 26 5 kg System Console 2 Tray 3 4 Yes DA DS321 550 sheets x 2 Paper Size Detection Manual Control Panel Low Level Paper Warning 4 steps 0 and Less than 10 50 100 Weight 60 4 lb 27 4 kg 2 1 Bin Saddle Stitch Fi...

Page 22: ...izing Energy Saver Standby Mode Power Saving Mode Yes 65 W Turns Off the Heater Power Sleep Mode Yes 25 W Off Mode Copying No Remote Diagnostic Yes Internet Fax Std Yes Requires the Fax DA FG320 option the Internet Fax DA NF320 option or Combination option DA FN350 2 Additional Features Photo Mode Yes 256 steps Original Detection Release Yes Manually overridden when using the Original Size keys Ed...

Page 23: ...on 90 or 270 Yes Electronic Sorting Yes Rotation Sorting Yes Insertion Job Yes Cover Mode Yes Available when using the i ADF Page Insertion Mode Yes OHP Interleave Mode Yes Presentation Mode No Department Counter Yes 1 000 Departments Security Enhancement Common Criteria EAL2 Option DA SC04 Option DA SC02 No Default Password 00000000 Data Security Kit Option ADF Multi Size Feed Yes Same Paper Widt...

Page 24: ...ar Yes Mode Change Yes Copier Printer NW Scanner Fax and Internet Fax Mode LCD Main Indication Message Language Default English For USA Canada etc Specified Language For EU and Other Destinations Original Size Image Indication Yes without Image Paper Size Image Indication Yes without Image Paper Tray Selection Yes Selected Paper Tray Tray Status Yes Original Mode Selection Yes Text Text Photo Phot...

Page 25: ...on the Platen Glass 11 02 lb 5 kg ADF with Document Guide Yes Clip Pocket No Operating Instructions Pocket No Warning Caution Label Specified Language 5 Optical System Original Detection Method Reflective Photo Sensor Type Scanning Method 600 dpi CCD Mechanical Multi Copy Mode No 6 Process System Toner Black 28 k 5 k Continuous Print 28 k 20 k 5 k Continuous Print 28 k Continuous Print Image Cover...

Page 26: ...5 C305 70 or more DP C265 80 or more 80 or more Approx 85 10 copies DP C405 C305 77 or more DP C265 87 or more 87 or more Approx 90 PM Cycle 1 PM Cycle Major PM 120 k Minor PM Cleaning N A 2 Product Life 5 years or 1200 k 720 k PM Kit Packing Configuration 1 Packing Dimension W x D x H Including the Shipping Pallet Scanner i ADF pre installed Model 30 1 x 39 0 x 45 4 in 765 x 990 x 1153 mm USA Can...

Page 27: ...00 VAC Power Supply 220 240 V 50 60 Hz Single phase 220 VAC Power Supply 2 Power Consumption Less than 1500 W Ambient Conditions 1 Temperature 50 86 F 10 30 C 2 Relative Humidity 30 80 3 Safety UL60950 1 CSA C22 2 No 60950 1 For USA Canada etc EN60950 1 For EU and Other Destinations 4 Energy Saver Energy Star Compliant 5 EMI EMC Class A computing device in FCC Rules Part 15 and 18 For USA Canada e...

Page 28: ...x 15 4 600dpi 600 x 600 dpi Reception Std 203 x 98 8 x 3 85 Fine 203 x 196 8 x 7 7 S Fine 203 x 391 8 x 15 4 406 x 391 16 x 15 4 600dpi 600 x 600 dpi 600 dpi communication is only available between T 30 compliant machines Scanner Mechanism 1 Scanning Device CCD ADF Platen 2 Scanning Speed ADF Resolution Vertical Horizontal A4 Scanned in Vertical or Horizontal Direction Excluding Initializing Time ...

Page 29: ...he LDR size paper 4 Effective Printing Width 11 4 in 289 mm Conforms to ITU T A3 5 Recording Paper Capacity 1 150 sheets Optional max 2 250 sheets 6 Collation Stack Yes Face Down Fax Memory 1 Standard Memory 3 MB Flash ROM 2 Optional Memory Max w SD SDHC Memory Card on SC PCB 96 MB 64 MB 4 GB 96 MB 64 MB 1 GB Use Genuine SD Memory Card Dual Operation 1 Multi Task Operation Yes 2 Direct XMT Reserve...

Page 30: ... to Tone Change Yes 15 Flash Key Yes 16 Handset No Transmission Features 1 Direct Transmission Yes 2 Memory Transmission Yes Page Retransmission 3 Quick Memory Transmission Yes 4 Multi Station Transmission Sequential Broadcasting Yes Max 270 stations 5 Direct Deferred Transmission No ADF Deferred Transmission 6 Deferred Transmission Yes 7 Deferred Multi Station Transmission Yes 8 Priority Direct T...

Page 31: ...inting Yes 9 Junk Fax Reception Filter Yes No TSI Max 30 Polling 1 Polling Yes 2 Turnaround Polling No 3 Multi Station Polling Yes Max 270 stations 4 Deferred Polling Yes Max 50 timers 5 Deferred Multi Station Polling Yes Max 50 timers 270 stations 6 Direct Polling Tx No 7 Memory Polling Tx Yes 1 File 8 Preset Polling Password Yes 9 Temporary Polling Password Yes 10 Continuous Polling Yes Convenie...

Page 32: ...ck 3 Relay XMT Request No 4 Relay XMT Center No 5 Confidential XMT Polling No 6 Confidential Center No 7 Mailbox XMT Polling Yes 8 Mailbox Center Yes 9 File XMT No 10 Fax Forward Yes Received File Transfer 11 Sub Address XMT Yes 12 Sub Address RCV Yes Sub Address Routing 13 OMR XMT No Standards 1 PSTN FCC Part 68 Industry Canada No CS 03 Issue 9 For USA Canada etc Others 1 Fax Access Code Yes 2 PI...

Page 33: ...res Optional Page Memory Color 600 x 600 1200 x 1200 5 Monochrome Printing without Color Yes 6 Direct Print from SD Memory Card TIFF Yes Color Black White Yes Black White only JPEG Yes Image PDF Yes Does not require PS Option PDF Yes Requires PS Option Word Power Point Yes Requires Memory Card Print Utility downloaded from the Web 7 Direct Print from PCMCIA PC Card Adapter 3 3 V Type only TIFF Yes...

Page 34: ...able PC IBM PC AT or Compatible MAC MAC is PS only 18 Multi Task Operation Printing while Fax XMT from Memory Yes Printing while Fax RCV into Memory Yes Fax XMT from Memory while Printing Yes Fax RCV into Memory while Printing Yes 19 Output to a separate tray for Printing Fax Copy Yes 20 Font Yes HDD Std Yes Requires Optional HDD Unit for PS Font Expansion 21 Mailbox Requires Optional HDD Unit Max...

Page 35: ...one Scale Black White 256 steps Color 256 steps each Color 5 Max Document Size LDR A3 6 Scanning Resolution dpi 200 300 400 600 Selectable 600 dpi Optical Scanner 7 OS Win 2000 XP Win Server 2003 Win Vista Win 98 Me Win NT 4 0 Win 2000 XP Win Server 2003 8 2 Sided Scanning Yes 9 PC Scan TWAIN No 10 Completion Notice Yes Auto Pop up on the PC Screen 11 Protocol TCP IP Non Std Network Scanner Addres...

Page 36: ...able with Parameter setting Printer Mechanism 1 Printing Resolution 600 dpi 2 Effective Recording Width 11 4 in 289 mm Transmission Features 1 Multi Task Operation Yes Simultaneous operation of G3 Fax and LAN is available 2 Memory Transmission Yes 3 Sequential Multi Station Transmission Yes 4 Simultaneous Multi Station Transmission Yes Max 270 stations 200 Address Book 70 5 Sender Selection Yes 6 ...

Page 37: ... Internet Fax Parameters Registration via Email Yes 5 Internet Delivery Confirmation Yes With MDN 6 Network Scanning Yes 600 dpi 7 DHCP Client Yes 8 LDAP Yes Lightweight Directory Access Protocol 9 TIFF Viewer Yes Selectable PDMS TIFF Viewer Certainty 1 Comm Journal w Image Yes Email from RCV side to Panasonic Internet Fax s only ID 1 Email Address Yes Items Description Remarks DP C405 Series DP C...

Page 38: ...x Max 999 pages 6 Max page number may differ depending on the manufacturer of the SD Memory Card Recommended Card Size is 128 MB or Higher 7 The Color Image is stored into the Hard Disk Drive Unit 8 When the SD Memory Card is formatted by the machine it can not be used for the PC s memory If the Card needs to be used on the PC again it must be reformatted by using a PC tool which is available from...

Page 39: ...apter 3 3V or Dual Voltage 3 3V 5 0V compatible cards only Single Voltage 5 0V cards are Not compatible Used for Print and Scan Data SD Card SD Card Printer Controller Module PS3 Option On the SC PCB Hard Disk Drive Unit Fax Communication Board Option Network Scanner Module Automatic Duplex Unit System Console 1 550 Sheet Paper x 1 or System Console 2 550 Sheet Paper x 2 Tray 1 550 Sheet Paper EC ...

Page 40: ...5 C305 C265 and downward compatible with DP C354 C323 C264 C263 C213 with updated firmware 1 Bin Saddle Stitch Finisher DA FS405 Page Memory 256MB 128 MB x 2 pcs DA PMV56 For DP C405 C305 C265 Printer Controller Module PS3 DA MC400 For DP C405 C305 C265 Specified Destinations Data Security Kit DA SC04 Paper Transport Unit DA FK350 For DP C405 C305 C265 DP C354 C323 C264 C263 C213 and downward comp...

Page 41: ...V20C DP C405 C305 C265 DP C405 C305 5K DQ TUV05C Toner Cartridge Magenta 20K DQ TUV20M 5K DQ TUV05M Toner Cartridge Yellow 20K DQ TUY20Y 5K DQ TUY05Y Toner Cartridge Cyan 20K DQ TUY20C N A DP C265 5K DQ TUY05C Toner Cartridge Magenta 20K DQ TUY20M 5K DQ TUY05M Toner Cartridge Yellow 20K DQ TUY20Y 5K DQ TUY05Y OPC Drum Unit Black 39K DQ UHS36K Ratio Color vs Black 2 8 LT A4 4 pages job OPC Drum Uni...

Page 42: ...6MB For 1200dpi Printing Direct print of PDF Font Expansion DA MC400 DA PMV56 D DS Softwa re DA WR10 So Additional rt Memory 1000 Address Book Option Configuration Option Configuration DP C405 C305 C265 SD Memory Card 64MB 4GB Fax In Memory Additional ternet Fax Printer Controller Module Accounting Software DA WA10 Fax Communication Board DA FG320 Network Scanner DDS Unlock Module DA UK10 Standard...

Page 43: ...xit Tray Outer DA XT320 Fax Communication Board and Internet Fax Module DA FN350 G3 Fax and Internet Fax E Mail Fax Communication Board DA FG320 G3 Fax For DP C322 C262 only Internet Fax Module DA NF320 Internet Fax E Mail For DP C322 C262 only Printer Controller Module PS3 DA MC350 For DP C354 C323 C264 C263 C213 Printer Controller Module PS3 DA MC320 For DP C322 C262 DDS Unlock Module DA UK10 Fo...

Page 44: ...14Y DP C354 C323 C264 C263 C213 OPC Drum Unit Black 39K DQ UHS36K Ratio Color vs Black 2 8 LT A4 4 pages job OPC Drum Unit Color 36K DQ UHS30 DP C322 C262 Toner Cartridge Black 28K DQ TUN28K Yield is based on 5 coverage LT A4 Continuous Print Toner Cartridge Cyan 20K DQ TUN20C Toner Cartridge Magenta 20K DQ TUN20M Toner Cartridge Yellow 20K DQ TUN20Y OPC Drum Unit Black 39K DQ UHN36K Ratio Color v...

Page 45: ...Unit Main Memory 256MB For 1200dpi Long Size Doc Printing Direct print of PDF Font Expansion DA MC350 Accounting Software DA WA10 DA EMN56 DA HD32 DA PMN56 DDS Software DA WR10 So Additional rt Memory 1000 Address Book Option Configuration Option Configuration DP C354 C264 SD Memory Card 64MB 1GB Fax In Memory Additional ternet Fax Printer Controller Module Fax Communication Board Internet Fax Mod...

Page 46: ...nt Expansion Accounting Software DA WA10 DA EMN56 Network Scanner Email Module for DDS DA NS321 DA HD32 DA PMN56 Network Scanner Hardware Key Image Memory 128MB Network Scanner Email Module DA NS320 Network Scanner DDS Image Memory 128MB DDS Software DA WR10 So Additional rt Memory 1000 Address Book Option Configuration Option Configuration DP C323 C263 C213 SD Memory Card 64MB 1GB Fax In Memory A...

Page 47: ...y 256MB For 1200dpi Long Size Doc Printing Direct print of PDF Font Expansion DA MC320 Accounting Software DA WA10 DA EMN56 Network Scanner Module for DDS DA NS321 DA HD32 DA PMN56 Network Scanner Hardware Key Image Memory 128MB Network Scanner Module DA NS320 Network Scanner DDS Image Memory 128MB DDS Software DA WR10 So Additional rt Memory Internet Fax Email Module DA NF320 1000 Address Book SD...

Page 48: ...ration 32 5 in 826mm 36 7 in 933 mm 26 1 in 664 mm Manufacturer s Name and Address Factory ID Complies with FDA radiation performance standards 21 CFR Subchapter J For USA Only Front View Right View Left View Rear View Top View For USA Canada and Europe For Other Destinations ...

Page 49: ...ation 1 Bin Finisher DA FS402 FS350 FS320 1 Bin Saddle Stitch Finisher DA FS405 FS356 FS325 46 73 in 1187 mm 10 51 in 267 mm 14 84 in 377 mm Front View Right View Left View Top View Rear View 46 73 in 1187 mm 10 51 in 267 mm 26 38 in 670 mm Front View Right View Left View Top View Rear View ...

Page 50: ...0 15 in 1528 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 10 83 in 275 mm 3 46 in 88 mm 55 48 in 1410 mm 70 59 in 1793 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 14 84 in 377 mm 9 88 in 251 mm 55 48 in 1410 mm 84 05 in 2135 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 11 81 in 300 mm 26 38 in 670 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 11 85 in 301 mm 15 11 in 384 mm 32 50 in 82...

Page 51: ...Year Starting with Year 2001 the last 2 digits of the year is represented as A T A 01 2001 K 11 2011 B 02 L 12 C 03 M 13 D 04 N 14 E 05 O 15 F 06 P 16 G 07 Q 17 H 08 R 18 I 09 S 19 J 10 2010 T 20 2020 Production Month A January G July B February H August C March I September D April J October E May K November F June L December 7 8 9 10 11 Model Number and Destination Code Main Unit 508 509 DP C354 ...

Page 52: ...iffer as per destination Please ask your sales company for details Note 2 LCD Display Brightness Adjustment To adjust the brightness of the LCD display press and while holding down the Clear key keep pressing the 1 or the 2 key until the desired brightness is achieved 1 Brighter 2 Dimmer ...

Page 53: ...tle Fan Lift Motor Tray 1 Lift Motor Tray 2 Lift Motor Tray 3 Lift Motor Tray 4 ADF Paper Feed Motor ADF Feed Motor Drum Motor 1 Paper Transport Unit Motor Scanning Motor Toner Cartridge Motor Belt Motor Developer Motor 1 Developer Motor 2 Optional Paper Feed Motor STR Motor Paper Feed Motor Drum Motor 2 FTR and LSU Shutter Motor Fuser Motor ...

Page 54: ...or 3709 Initial Point Sensor PCB Upper Limit Sensor Tray 1 401 15 NP Sensor Tray 1 401 14 Paper Path Sensor Tray 1 1919 Paper Path Sensor ADU 0 1819 38 Inner Exit Sensor 1819 39 Fuser Unit Paper Exit Sensor 1819 32 Fuser Entrance Sensor 1819 43 Right Cover Open Sensor 1819 06 Registration Sensor 1 2110 ROHP PCB OHP Film Sensor 2110 ROHP PCB Registration Sensor 2 1918 01 Intermediate Roller Sensor ...

Page 55: ... Rotating Encoder 1 1819 19 Fuser Roller Rotating Encoder 2 1819 18 Thermistor PR 5031 Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 1 1819 17 Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 2 1819 16 Fuser Entrance Sensor 1819 43 IH Core Sensor 2 DP C322 Series IH Core Sensor 1 DP C322 Series Thermistor HR3 DP C322 Series ...

Page 56: ...ght Upper Cover Interlock Switch 1 Right Upper Cover Interlock Switch 2 Right Upper Cover Detection Switch Right Lower Cover Interlock Switch 2 2 WAY Inverting Roller Clutch 2 WAY Ordinary Roller Clutch ADU Roller Clutch 2 ADU Roller Clutch 1 STR Paper Guide Solenoid ADU Paper Guide Solenoid Registration Roller Clutch ADF Paper Feed Roller Clutch ADF Registration Roller Clutch 1 ADF Registration R...

Page 57: ...t and Intermediate Transfer IT Unit 2 2 1 Scanner Unit 2 2 10 2 2 2 Process Unit Control Panel Unit 2 2 11 2 2 3 LSU Fuser Unit 2 2 12 2 2 4 Paper Feed Module IH Unit 2 2 13 2 2 5 System Console ADU 2 2 14 2 2 6 Paper Exit Transportation 2 2 7 PC Boards HVPS HDD Lower Right Side Cover Unit 2 2 15 2 2 8 Drive Unit Sheet Bypass Unit 2 2 16 2 2 9 LVPS Unit 2 2 17 ...

Page 58: ...DF Unit 1 Lift the Original Tray Assembly 2 Clean the Exit Roller 814 3 Open the ADF Cover 4 Clean the Pickup Roller 511 Paper Feed Roller 508 Separation Roller 610 and Registration Roller 1 817 with a soft cloth saturated with water Replacing the Guide Sheet 5 Replace 2 Guide Sheets 628 6 Remove the Snap Ring H6 ...

Page 59: ...1 7 Remove the Paper Feed Roller Shaft Assembly by pulling in the arrow direction 8 Remove the Paper Feed Roller 508 9 Move the Pickup Bracket 10 Remove 2 Snap Rings H7 11 Remove the Pickup Roller Shaft 510 12 Remove the Pickup Roller 511 ...

Page 60: ...1 1 13 Remove 3 Screws X8 14 Remove the Lower Opening and Shutting Guide 1 601 15 Remove the Separation Roller Assembly 16 Remove the Snap Ring H6 Note When reinstalling make sure that the Snap Ring is installed properly as illustrated ...

Page 61: ...Yellow Tooler s Die on the side of the roller is positioned as illustrated facing the Front Frame 19 Lift the Lower Opening and Shutting Guide 2 Assembly 20 Clean the Inverting Roller 809 with a soft cloth saturated with water 21 Open the ADF Unit 22 Remove 2 Screws H5 23 Remove the ADF Front Cover 418 24 Close the ADF Unit Note Release 3 Latch Hooks to remove the ADF Front Cover ...

Page 62: ...ew J2 26 Loosen 3 Screws S6 27 Lift up the Original Tray Assembly 28 Remove the ADF Rear Cover 627 29 Remove 3 Screws 5M 30 Remove the Front ADF Gear Bracket Assembly 31 Remove the 16T Gear 825 32 Remove 1 Screw X5 33 Remove the Shaft Mounting Bracket 622 ...

Page 63: ...er Assembly make sure that the Vibration Guide Sheet 1 and 2 are reinstalled properly as illustrated Note When reinstalling the ADF Cover Assembly make sure that the lever is positioned on the inside of the ADF Cover The illustration on the left shows the incorrect lever position 36 Remove 1 Screw X5 37 Remove the Registration Guide 2 721 ...

Page 64: ...n Roller 2 818 39 Remove the Snap Ring G6 40 Remove 1 Screw X5 41 Loosen 1 Screw 42 Remove the Registration Limiter Bracket 829 as illustrated 43 Remove the Limiter Joint 828 44 Remove the Registration Roller Torque Limiter 827 45 Remove the Registration Joint 826 ...

Page 65: ...ove 2 Snap Rings G6 47 Remove the Clutch 1 801 48 Remove 2 D8 Bearings 822 49 Remove the Registration Roller 2 818 50 Remove 2 Registration Guide Sheets 1 1119 and 2 Registration Guide Sheets 2 1120 Caution Do not remove the illustrated 3 Screws ...

Page 66: ...sure that the Sheets are placed on the marks as illustrated 51 Open the Lower Opening and Shutting Guide Assembly 52 Lift the Original Tray Assembly 53 Lower the Inverting Guide Assembly 54 Remove 2 Screws X5 55 Remove the Inverting Guide Assembly Mark Registration Guide Sheet Double Coated Adhesive Tape ...

Page 67: ...67 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 56 Remove 4 Screws X5 57 Remove the Lower Exit Guide 716 58 Clean the Transport Roller 816 ...

Page 68: ...the Scanner 2 Clean the White Reference Sheet and Scanning Pad with a soft cloth saturated with isopropyl alcohol 3 Clean the Scanning S Glass and Platen L Glass with a soft cloth saturated with isopropyl alcohol Scanning Lamp 4 Remove 2 Screws S6 5 Remove the Right Platen Cover 104 ...

Page 69: ...e Glass Assembly 7 Remove 1 Screw X5 8 Remove 2 Screws X3 9 Remove the Heat Sink Plate 1608 10 Move the Scanning Lamp to a position where it can be easily replaced 11 Remove 3 Screws X5 12 Release the Harness from the Clamp 13 Remove the Scanning Lamp ...

Page 70: ...onnect the Flat Harness on the Inverter PC Board 16 Remove the Inverter PC Board Assembly 17 Disconnect the Lamp Harness 18 Remove the Scanning Lamp 1615 19 Remove 2 Screws X8 20 Remove the Inverter PC Board 1612 Note Ensure that the Scanning Lamp Harness is reinstalled properly as illustrated ...

Page 71: ... the CCD Cover 1627 23 Disconnect 2 Harnesses on the CCD PC Board 24 Remove 2 Screws Y23 25 Remove the CCD Unit 1631 Important Before proceeding make a note of the position of the alignment pointer If the CCD is not reinstalled at the same position it will affect the copy quality ...

Page 72: ...FE PC Board 26 Remove 2 Screws Y31 DP C405 Series PB and Other Destinations Except PU PT 27 Remove 2 Metal Clamps on the AFE PC Board 28 Disconnect all the Harnesses on the AFE PC Board 29 Remove 4 Screws Y31 30 Remove the AFE PC Board 1630 ...

Page 73: ...e Isopropyl Alcohol or any other Alcohol For PK PT Only 34 Remove 1 Screw X5 35 Disconnect 1 Harness from the Sensor 36 Remove 1 Multi Beam Sensor 2 1723 Note 1 Do not touch the surface of the Sensors with your hands 2 Clean any dirt or fingerprints with a Dry Cotton Swab 3 Do not use Isopropyl Alcohol or any other Alcohol 37 Remove 1 Screw X5 38 Disconnect the Harness from the Sensor 39 Remove th...

Page 74: ...f the Mirrors with your hands 2 Clean any dirt or fingerprints with a Dry Cotton Swab 3 Do not use Isopropyl Alcohol or any other Alcohol SCN PC Board 42 Remove 2 Screws S6 43 Remove the Center Scanner Cover 102 44 Disconnect all the Harnesses on the SCN PC Board 45 Remove 4 Screws X5 46 Remove the SCN PC Board 6502 ...

Page 75: ...nnect the ADF Harness Note When reinstalling the ADF take note of the connector position and its keys Insert it gently and do not force the connector if it is facing the wrong way 50 Open the ADF Unit 51 Remove 2 Screws N6 52 Loosen 2 Screws 53 Remove the ADF Unit 54 Remove 4 Screws S6 55 Remove the Rear Platen Cover 101 ...

Page 76: ... Unhook and remove the Motor Spring 1708 57 Disconnect the Harness 58 Remove 2 Screws Y21 59 Remove the Motor Bracket Assembly 60 Remove the E Ring J7 61 Remove the Reduction Gear 1711 62 Remove 2 Screws Y16 63 Remove the Scanning Motor 1713 ...

Page 77: ...Disconnect the Harness 65 Remove the Photo Sensor 401 13 Platen Cover ADF Angle Sensor Platen Cover ADF Open Sensor 66 Disconnect the 2 Harnesses 67 Remove 2 Photo Sensors 401 11 401 12 Note Ensure that the Sensor Harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated ...

Page 78: ... the Battery 1330 4 Reinstall the Battery Holder and fasten it with 1 Screw CAUTION Denotes hazards that could result in minor injury or damage to the machine THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A LITHIUM BATTERY REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME OR EQUIVALENT TYPE IMPROPER USE OR REPLACEMENT MAY CAUSE OVERHEATING RUPTURE OR EXPLOSION RESULTING IN INJURY OR FIRE DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS ...

Page 79: ... Loosen 1 Screw Y47 9 Remove the Back Panel Cover 1206 Avertissement CE PRODUIT CONTIENT UNE PILE AU LITHIUM REMPLACEZ UNIQUEMENT AVEC LE MÊME TYPE DE PILE OU UN TYPE ÉQUIVALENT UNE UTILISATION OU UN REMPLACEMENT IMPROPRE POURRAIT CAUSER UNE SURCHARGE UNE RUPTURE OU UNE EXPLOSION RÉSULTANT EN DES BLESSURES OU UN INCENDIE DÉBARASSEZ VOUS DES PILES USÉES EN RESPECTANT LA RÉGLEMENTATION LOCALE SUR LA...

Page 80: ...r Destinations 10 Remove 2 Screws X5 11 Adjust the Control Panel to the 2nd position 12 Unhook and remove the Damper Spring 1208 13 Remove the Control Panel Unit by pulling the Release Lever as illustrated 14 Disconnect the Harnesses on the PNL1 PC Board ...

Page 81: ...ease Lever 1305 20 Remove 2 Screws X1 21 Remove the Lower Panel Cover 1304 22 Release the Harnesses from the 2 Harness Clamps 23 Disconnect all the Harnesses on the PNL 1 PC Board and INV PC Board 24 Remove 2 Screws X5 25 Remove the INV PC Board 1327 26 Remove 4 Screws X5 27 Remove the PNL 1 PC Board 6505 28 Remove 1 Screw X5 29 Remove the Panel Base and Guide Assembly 1303 ...

Page 82: ...e the PNL 4 PC Board 1333 32 Remove 2 Screws X8 33 Remove the PNL 3 PC Board 1332 34 Remove 4 Screws X8 35 Remove the PNL 2 PC Board 1331 36 Remove 4 Screws X8 37 Remove the LCD Module 1326 38 Remove the Touch Panel 1325 39 Remove the Scanner Front Cover Assembly 1201 ...

Page 83: ...83 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 40 Disconnect the Harness on the SDI PC Board 41 Remove 4 Screws X5 42 Remove the SDI Cover 1203 and SDI PC Board 1217 ...

Page 84: ...C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 2 2 4 Fuser Unit 1 Open the Right Side Upper Cover 2 Remove 1 Screw X5 3 Remove the Harness Cover 2 4813 4 Disconnect the Harness 5 Loosen 2 Screws 6 Remove the Fuser Unit 4815 ...

Page 85: ...essure Springs are unlock position when replace the Fuser Belt Unit Caution To unlock the Pressure Springs Press the Energy Saver and then turn off the Power Switch on the Left side of the machine For DP C405 C354 Series Follow the steps below For DP C322 Series Skip to step 16 8 Disconnect 1 Harnesses 9 Remove 3 Black Screws Y41 10 Remove the Shaft Plate 4916 ...

Page 86: ... 2008 Ver 1 1 11 Remove 3 Black Screws Y41 12 Remove the Shaft Plate 4916 13 Remove the worn out Fuser Belt Unit 4926 For DP C322 Series 16 Remove 1 Black Screw Y41 17 Remove the Harness Cover 3 4921 18 Disconnect 3 Harnesses ...

Page 87: ...05 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 19 Remove 3 Black Screws Y41 20 Remove the Shaft Plate 4916 21 Remove 3 Black Screws Y41 22 Remove the Shaft Plate 4916 23 Disconnect 2 Harnesses 24 Remove the worn out Fuser Belt Unit 4926 ...

Page 88: ...nit 26 Remove the 2 Bands 27 Remove the Protective Paper and Shipping Materials 28 Remove 2 Pins 29 Install the New Fuser Belt Unit on the Fuser Main Unit 30 Hook 2 Pressure Springs Caution Don t use a plier for unlocking the Springs Not to damage the spring Ensure the Pressure Springs are unlock position when replace the Fuser Belt Unit ...

Page 89: ...e steps below For DP C322 Series Skip to step 39 31 Reinstall 2 Black Screws 32 ReInstall the Shaft Plate 33 Reinstall 1 Black Screw 34 Reinstall 2 Black Screws 35 Reinstall the Shaft Plate 36 Reinstall 1 Black Screw 37 Remove the Shipping Cover 38 Connect the 1 Harnesses ...

Page 90: ...o touch the Fuser Belt Note Ensure that the Harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated For DP C322 Series 39 Reinstall 2 Black Screws 40 ReInstall the Shaft Plate 41 Reinstall 1 Black Screw 42 Reinstall 2 Black Screws 43 Reinstall the Shaft Plate 44 Reinstall 1 Black Screw ...

Page 91: ...ses Note Ensure that the Sensor Harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated Red Harness R Carved Sensor Black Harness BK Carved Sensor 46 Remove the Shipping Cover 47 Connect the 3 Harnesses Note When connecting exercise care not to touch the Fuser Belt ...

Page 92: ...51 Secure 2 Screws 52 Connect the Harness 53 Reinstall the Harness Cover 2 4813 54 Reinstall 1 Screw 55 Close the Upper Right Side Cover Note When reinstalling the Fuser Belt Unit reset the PM Counter Perform F8 26 Fuser Belt Counter Reset F7 02 65 85 86 Fuser Belt Remain Count is also initialized by this operation Replacing the Complete Fuser Unit 56 Remove all tapes and cushioning materials 57 R...

Page 93: ... Fuser Unit See the installation steps in this section Note When reinstalling the Complete Fuser Unit reset the PM Counter Perform F8 26 Fuser Belt Counter Reset and F8 27 Fuser Main Counter Reset F7 02 65 85 86 Fuser Belt Remain Count and F7 02 66 87 88 Fuser Main Remain Count are also initialized by this operation ...

Page 94: ... Assembly For DP C405 Series PU For DP C354 C322 Series Follow steps 5 8 5 Disconnect all the Harnesses on the SC PC Board 6401 6 Remove the Harnesses from 5 Clamps 7 Remove 12 Screws X5 8 Remove the SC PC Board Assembly by lifting and turning to the left as illustrated For DP C405 Series PB and Other Destinations Follow steps 9 14 9 Remove 1 Screw X5 and Harness with the Metal Clamp ...

Page 95: ...nect all the Harnesses on the SC PC Board 6401 12 Remove the Harnesses from 4 Clamps 13 Remove 13 Screws X5 14 Remove the SC PC Board Assembly by lifting and turning to the left as illustrated 15 Remove 6 Screws Y31 16 Remove the Harness from 3 Harness Clamps 17 Remove the SC PC Board Bracket Left 3906 ...

Page 96: ...the MOTDRV PC Board 6504 19 Remove the Fan Harness from 2 Clamps 20 Remove 2 Screws X5 21 Remove the IH Fan Assembly 22 Remove 5 Screws X5 23 Remove the IH PCB Bracket 4004 24 Remove 2 Screws X5 25 Remove the IH Fan Assembly 26 Disconnect 4 Harnesses on the IH PC Board 4020 ...

Page 97: ...ove 2 Screws 29 Remove the Right Side Rear Cover 205 See sect 2 2 6 30 Open the Right Side Upper Cover See sect 2 2 4 31 Remove the Fuser Unit See sect 2 2 4 32 Remove 2 Screws S6 33 Remove the Top Cover 207 34 Disconnect 2 Harnesses on the ADU PC Board CN401 and CN402 and the intermediate connector ...

Page 98: ...er Transport Unit Option is installed 1 Remove 5 Screws X5 X9 Y46 2 Remove the Bracket Assembly by lifting up the Paper Transport Unit 3 Remove 1 Screw X5 by pushing the Flap downward as illustrated 4 Remove the Front Cover 7112 5 Disconnect the Harness from the machine s connector ...

Page 99: ... Paper Transport Unit by pulling the Lock Lever as illustrated 36 Remove 4 Screws X5 37 Remove the Paper Exit Unit 38 Pull Tray 1 and Tray 2 half way out 39 Open the Front Cover See sect 2 2 11 40 Remove 2 Screws Y13 41 Remove the Inner Stack Cover 203 ...

Page 100: ...e the Lever Arm 44 Unlock 2 Front Cover Attachment Pins 220 by turning them in the upward direction and sliding to the right 45 Remove the Front Cover 46 Remove 2 Screws S6 47 Remove the Inner Rear Cover 201 48 Remove 1 Screw S6 49 Remove the Mechanical Counter Cover 210 ...

Page 101: ...1 1 50 Remove 4 Screws S6 51 Remove the Front Right Cover 209 by releasing the Latch on the Exit Cover 202 52 Loosen 1 Thumb Screw 53 Remove 1 Screw S6 54 Lift the Scanner Unit slightly and remove the Exit Cover 202 55 Remove the Bracket ...

Page 102: ...05 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 56 Remove 2 Screws X5 57 Remove the IH Unit Caution When removing the IH Unit pull it out gently To prevent damaging the Harness carefully guide it throughout the side of the frame ...

Page 103: ...103 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 Remove the IH Brackets Remove 2 Screws from both sides Caution When reinstalling the IH Unit make sure that the IH Fan Duct is positioned inside of the IH Sheet ...

Page 104: ...ss Tray 3 Remove 2 Screws S6 4 Remove the Right Side Front Cover 206 5 Remove 3 Screws S6 6 Remove the Right Side Rear Cover 205 7 Open the Upper Right Side Cover Cleaning the ADU 2nd Roller Feed Roller and Exit Roller Clean the ADU 2nd Roller Feed Roller and Exit Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water ...

Page 105: ...N403 CN404 CN405 9 Release 3 Harnesses from the Edge Saddle 10 Remove the Lower Dumper Bracket 2114 11 Remove the Dumper 2116 12 Open the Lower Right Side Cover 13 Remove 1 Snap Ring G6 14 Remove the Hinge Pin 2103 Note When installing the Hinge Pin take care not to hold it by its side ...

Page 106: ...C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 15 Remove the ADU Note When reinstalling the ADU make sure that the Harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated 16 Remove 1 Screw X5 17 Remove the Exit Guide Bracket 2308 ...

Page 107: ...1 Screw X5 19 Remove the Exit Guide Bracket 2308 20 Remove 3 Screws X8 21 Remove the Guide Cover 2307 Paper Path Sensor ADU0 22 Disconnect the Harness 23 Remove the Photo Sensor 1819 38 Assembly 24 Remove 3 Screws X8 25 Remove the ADU Upper Guide 2207 ...

Page 108: ...C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 Cleaning the ADU 1st Roller Clean the ADU 1st Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water 26 Remove 1 Screw X3 27 Remove the Cover Knob 2202 28 Remove 9 Screws X8 29 Remove the Coating Clip 2219 ...

Page 109: ...008 Ver 1 1 30 Remove the Harness Clamp 2218 Note Make sure to reinstall the Harness Clamp properly as illustrated 31 Remove the ADU Cover 2201 32 Remove 5 Screws X8 33 Remove the Cover Plate 2203 34 Remove the Spring Ground 2208 ...

Page 110: ...Shaft 2209 Assembly 40 Release the Harness from the Clamps 41 Remove 2 Screws X4 42 Remove the Right Cover Fan 2214 Paper Path Sensor ADU1 43 Disconnect the Harness 44 Remove the Photo Sensor 1819 31 Note When reinstalling the ADU Plate Assembly to the ADU Cover pull up the notch as illustrated Caution When reinstalling the Cover do not pinch the Harness with the Steel Plate ...

Page 111: ...111 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 Note When reinstalling the Cover make sure that the harness band is reinstalled properly as illustrated ...

Page 112: ...s S6 4 Remove the Top Cover 207 5 Disconnect 2 Harnesses on the ADU PC Board CN401 and CN402 and the intermediate connector 6 Remove 4 Screws X5 7 Remove the Paper Exit Unit Note If the Paper Transport Unit Option is installed remove the Paper Exit Unit by following the steps below 8 Remove 1 Screw X5 by pushing the Flap downward as illustrated 9 Remove the Front Cover 7112 ...

Page 113: ...lever as illustrated 11 Remove the Paper Exit Unit see the previous step Paper Full Sensor 12 Remove 1 Screw X5 13 Disconnect the Harness 14 Remove the Photo Sensor 1918 02 15 Remove 2 Screws X5 16 Remove the Harness Guide 3216 17 Disconnect the Harnesses 18 Remove 3 Screws X5 19 Remove the Clutch Bracket Assembly ...

Page 114: ...emove 2 Screws X5 22 Remove 2 Screws Y16 23 Remove the Clutch Bracket 3226 24 Remove the D Z27M1 Gear 3224 25 Remove the Clutch Shaft 3225 Inner Exit Sensor 26 Remove 2 Screws X5 27 Remove the Sensor Cover Assembly 28 Disconnect the Harness 29 Remove the Photo Sensor 1819 39 ...

Page 115: ... C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 Cleaning the Exit Roller 30 Remove 1 Screw Y1 31 Remove the Exit Guide 227 32 Clean the Exit Roller 3302 and Upper Pinch Roller 3208 Lower Pinch Roller 3301 with a soft cloth saturated with water ...

Page 116: ...Lower Right Side Cover See sect 2 2 10 5 Remove the Snap Ring See sect 2 2 10 6 Remove the Cover Stay See sect 2 2 10 7 Disconnect the Harness on the ADU PC Board CN406 8 Release the lock lever by pushing it in the direction shown by the arrow 9 Remove the Lower Right Side Cover Unit by pushing the lock lever in the direction shown by the arrow Note When disassembling exercise care not to damage t...

Page 117: ...hol Note When reinstalling the Lower Right Side Cover Unit pull the lock lever to the locked position in the direction illustrated by the arrow 10 Remove 3 Screws X5 11 Remove 2 Screws Y24 12 Remove the Gear Assembly Note When reinstalling the Gear Assembly make sure that the convex part of the gear bracket and clutch are properly positioned as illustrated ...

Page 118: ...isconnect the Harness 14 Remove 1 Screw Y24 15 Remove the Sensor Bracket 2825 Assembly Right Cover Open Sensor 16 Remove the Photo Sensor 1819 06 17 Remove 2 Screws Y16 18 Remove Guide Bracket Assembly 19 Remove the STR Unit 2535 as illustrated ...

Page 119: ...nit upside down Note Before turning the Unit upside down make sure to remove the STR Unit or the STR may get damaged 23 Open the Lower ADU Door 24 Remove 1 Screw Y1 25 Remove the ADU Cover Arm 2746 26 Remove the ADU Door Assembly as illustrated Cleaning the ADU 4th Roller Clean the ADU 4th Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water ...

Page 120: ...27 Remove 2 Screws X8 28 Remove the ADU Guide 2 2824 29 Disconnect the Harness 30 Release the Harness from 2 latches 31 Remove 2 Screws X8 32 Remove the ADU Sensor Base 2821 Assembly Paper Path Sensor ADU2 33 Remove the Photo Sensor 1819 07 ...

Page 121: ...5 36 Remove the Registration Unit Cleaning the Registration Sensor 2 and Intermediate Roller Sensor DP C405 C305 Only Clean the Registration Sensor 2 1918 01 and Intermediate Roller Sensor 2130 with a Dry Cotton Swab For DP C405 C305 Only Follow steps 37 45 37 Remove 5 Screws F10 38 Remove the Regist Plate 2132 ...

Page 122: ...te 2131 For DP C265 DP C354 C322 Series Follow steps 46 48 46 Disconnect the Harness 47 Remove 2 Screws F10 48 Remove the ROHP PC Board 2110 Cleaning the ADU 3rd Roller 1 Open the Sheet Bypass Tray 2 Open the Lower ADU Door 3 Clean the ADU 3rd Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water Cleaning the Registration Roller 1 Open the Sheet Bypass Tray 2 Open the Lower Right Side Cover 3 Clean the Re...

Page 123: ...et Bypass Tray See sect 2 2 6 3 Remove the Right Front Cover See sect 2 2 6 4 Remove the Right Rear Cover See sect 2 2 6 5 Remove the Sheet Bypass Tray Cover 2918 as illustrated 6 Release the Harness from the 7 Clamps 7 Disconnect 2 Harnesses CN408 and CN410 8 Remove 2 Screws Y19 9 Remove the Sheet Bypass Assembly ...

Page 124: ...Remove 1 Screw X8 13 Remove the Tray Plate Shaft 2917 14 Remove the Tray Assembly Note When removing the Tray Assembly carefully separate as illustrated 15 Turn the Sheet Bypass Assembly upside down as illustrated 16 Remove 4 Screws X8 17 Remove 1 Screw X5 18 Remove the Ground Plate 3023 and Sheet Bypass Tray Base 3120 ...

Page 125: ...ws X8 20 Remove the Arm Bracket Assembly 21 Remove the DFP Roller 3111 Cleaning DFP Roller Clean the DFP Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water 22 Remove 3 Screws X5 23 Remove the Upper Plate 3008 24 Remove 1 Screws X5 25 Remove the Upper Guide 3034 ...

Page 126: ... Roller Clean the Pickup Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water Caution When reinstalling the Pickup Rollers position the bushing so that the Black color is facing the Front side and the White color is facing the Rear side 31 Remove 1 Snap Ring H6 32 Remove the Paper Feed Roller 3003 and the Timing Belt 3004 Cleaning Paper Feed Roller Clean the Paper Feed Roller with a soft cloth saturated ...

Page 127: ...R Unit and Intermediate Transfer IT Unit 1 Open the Sheet Bypass Tray 2 Open the Lower Right Side Cover 3 Remove 2 Screws Y16 4 Remove the Guide Bracket Assembly 5 Remove the STR Unit 2535 6 Remove the Snap Ring 2714 7 Remove the Support Arm Assembly ...

Page 128: ...he down position 9 Remove 2 Screws Y45 Pulling out the Intermediate Transfer IT Unit 10 Push down the white latches on both sides and pull on them to release the IT Unit from the locked position 11 While holding the IT Unit by the center as illustrated slide it out until it stops ...

Page 129: ...t of the machine while holding it by both sides Caution Pull the IT Unit out straight and leveled horizontal or the IT Belt may get damaged and the printing quality will be affected Cleaning the Initial Point Sensor 14 Clean the Initial Point Sensor with a dry cotton swab Note When cleaning wipe the surface of the sensor with a dry cotton swab a few times as illustrated ...

Page 130: ...ensity Sensors through the frame holes Note When cleaning wipe the surface of the sensors with a dry cotton swab a few times as illustrated Replacing the Cleaner Unit IT Belt FTR and Brush Assembly 17 Place a clean sheet of paper i e Ledger or A3 under the IT Unit to catch any spilled toner 18 Remove 2 Black Screws Y29 19 Remove the Cleaning Unit 3418 20 Remove 2 Black Screws Y29 21 Remove the Low...

Page 131: ...131 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 24 Unhook 4 Link Arm Springs 3408 25 Set 4 Link Arms to the locked position as illustrated 26 Remove 4 Black Screws Y29 from the right side ...

Page 132: ...n Removing and Installing the Handle Plate Bracket Assembly hold both side of the Bracket as illustrated and don t touch the IT Belt 29 Remove 1 Black Screw Y29 30 Using a pair of pliers as illustrated remove the Right Position Plate 3417 31 Remove 1 Black Screw Y29 32 Using a pair of pliers as illustrated remove the Left Position Plate 3416 ...

Page 133: ...nfirm that the IT Unit is at the maximum bending position for removing the IT Belt 35 Remove the IT Belt 3419 Caution When Removing and installing the IT Belt hold the side band of the belt as illustrated Don t touch the center of the belt or the printing quality will be affected Note While removing the IT Belt exercise care not to snag the belt projections onto the frame of the IT Unit 36 Straigh...

Page 134: ...ing the Backup Roller 38 Remove 4 FTR 3546 by turning over the Protective Sheet as illustrated Cleaning the Tension Roller Tension Shaft and Backup Roller 39 Clean the Tension Roller Tension Shaft and Backup Roller with a soft cloth saturated with isopropyl alcohol then clean them with a soft dry cloth 40 Turn the IT Unit upside down Note When turning it upside down hold properly by both sides as ...

Page 135: ...al Point Sensor Roller Adjustment Roller and Drive Roller with a soft cloth saturated with isopropyl alcohol and then wipe them with a soft dry cloth Note Before cleaning the Drive Roller make sure to remove the Drive Roller Brush Bracket see the previous step Note When replacing the IT Belt make sure to clean these Rollers especially the Bias Roller at the same time 44 Remove the Snap Ring 3613 4...

Page 136: ...ith the new IT Belt to accommodate for the belt length variations 47 Install 1 new Adjustment Bushing 3419 to the Right Side 48 Install 1 new Adjustment Bushing 3419 to the Left Side 49 Reinstall the Adjustment Roller and the Snap Ring as illustrated Adjustment Bushing Adjustment Roller IT Unit Frame Snap Ring 1 3 2 ...

Page 137: ...turning over the Protective Sheet Note When reinstalling the FTR the direction is not critical and it can be installed in either direction as illustrated 51 Bend the IT Unit at the bending point up to the maximum bending position 52 Carefully install the new IT Belt Caution When installing the new IT Belt follow the description of the label on the Unit s frame ...

Page 138: ...g and installing the IT Belt hold the side band of the IT Belt as illustrated Don t touch the center of the belt or the printing quality will be affected Caution When installing the IT Belt align the position of roller steps and belt projections as illustrated ...

Page 139: ...tion and proceed cautiously 54 Reinstall the Left Position Plate 55 Reinstall the Handle Plate Bracket Assembly 56 Hook 4 Springs 57 Reinstall the Upper Paper Guide 58 Reinstall the Lower Paper GUide 59 Reinstall the Cleaning Unit 60 Using a pair of pliers as illustrated reinstall the Right Position Plate 3417 61 Reinstall 1 Black Screw Y29 ...

Page 140: ... Reinstall 1 Black Screw Y29 64 Reinstall the Handle Plate Bracket Assembly 65 Reinstall 4 Black Screws Y29 from the left side Caution When Removing and Installing the Handle Plate Bracket Assembly hold both sides of the Bracket as illustrated and don t touch the IT Belt 66 Reinstall 4 Black Screws Y29 from the right side ...

Page 141: ... 67 Release 4 Link Arms from the locked position as illustrated 68 Hook 4 Link Arm Springs 3408 69 Reinstall the Upper Paper Guide 3411 70 Reinstall 2 Black Screws Y29 71 Reinstall the Lower Paper Guide 3412 72 Reinstall 2 Black Screws Y29 ...

Page 142: ...talling the IT Unit 75 Maintain the IT Unit leveled by holding it on both sides while installing it into the machine Note When installing ensure that the STR Bracket locks in place Note Slide the IT Unit along the guide rails on both sides 76 Push on both sides until the 2 white levers lock the IT Unit into place ...

Page 143: ...n reinstalling make sure that the convex is in the hole as illustrated 80 Reinstall the Support Arm Assembly 81 Reinstall the Snap Ring 82 Close the Lower Right Side Cover 83 Close the Sheet Bypass Tray Resetting the PM Counters 84 Perform F8 29 Transfer Belt Life Count Down F7 02 51 Transfer Belt Life CountDown is also initialized by this operation 85 Perform F8 32 STR Life Count F7 02 52 STR Lif...

Page 144: ... windows shown by the arrow are Yellow close all of the doors and turn the Main Power Switch OFF and ON again After the machine completes the warm up routine turn the Main Power Switch OFF and confirm that the windows are BLACK prior to removing Drum Unit 2 Remove the Toner Waste Container Note Exercise care not to incline the container or Toner may spill out 3 Turn the Toner Cartridge Cyan counte...

Page 145: ...ta and Yellow Yellow Yellow only 6 Pull out the Drum Units Cyan and Magenta Caution Exercise caution not to scratch the surface of the Drum Unit Brown and not to touch it with bare hands Caution The Drum is very sensitive to light To prevent optical exposure problems do not expose the Drum to direct sunlight or bright light Even if it is a fluorescent lamp of approximately 1000 lm m2 1000 lx 7 Cov...

Page 146: ... the Inner Stack Cover 203 Cleaning the Toner Supply Cylinder 10 Clean the Toner Supply Cylinder with a Vacuum cleaner 11 Remove 6 Screws Y33 12 Remove the Pipe Cover 4421 13 Place a clean sheet of paper i e Ledger or A3 on top of the Front Cover to catch any toner spill ...

Page 147: ...b clockwise Note This step eases the removal of the Hopper Unit in the next step 15 Remove 1 Screw Y13 16 Remove the Hopper Unit as illustrated Note Pull the bottom portion out by clasping with the left forefinger Cleaning the Supply Cylinder 17 Clean the Supply Cylinder with a Vacuum cleaner ...

Page 148: ... C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 18 Clean the Toner Entrance with a Vacuum cleaner 19 Release the Lever Arm 20 Remove 2 Screws Y1 21 Remove the WTC Lower Cover 4401 22 Release 2 Harness Clamps 23 Disconnect the Developer Harness ...

Page 149: ... Developer Front Bracket 4422 with a Vacuum cleaner 27 Pull the Developer Unit Cyan 5443 out Note Do not open the shutter or Toner will spill out Note Ensure the Lever Arm is at the maximum down position or Drum may get damaged Installing the new Developer Unit 28 Remove the new Developer Unit out of the box 29 Remove all the Shipping materials ...

Page 150: ...own over a suitable waste container or a sheet of paper and dump the used Developer and Toner by rotating the gear counterclockwise Pouring the Developer Caution 1 Place the Developer Unit Horizontally as illustrated and then carefully pour the developer 2 If it is placed on a slope or is slanted the developer will not pour evenly causing the Cover to bulge when closed or the developer may spill T...

Page 151: ...developer unit while turning the Gear as illustrated Make sure to empty the bottle 36 Reinstall the Developer Cover 37 Install the new Developer Unit 38 Connect the Developer Harness 39 Hook 2 Harness Clamps 40 Reinstall the Developer Front Bracket Note When reinstalling the Developer Front Bracket exercise care not to pinch the Harness with the Cover ...

Page 152: ...inder is properly positioned as illustrated 2 If the Hopper Unit are not seated firmly it may cause the problem U13 No Toner or Low Toner 42 Reinstall the WTB Lower Cover 43 Reinstall the Pipe Cover 44 Reinstall the Inner Cover 45 Remove the papers covering the Drum 46 Hook the Lever Arm 47 Reinstall the Drum Unit 48 Lock all the Drum Units by turning the Drum Release Knob clockwise 49 Remove the ...

Page 153: ...ower Cord 53 Turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position Note 1 If replacing the Developer Unit follow step 54 2 If replacing only the Developer skip to step 55 54 Perform F8 09 Deve Unit Count F7 02 40 41 42 43 Deve Unit Count and F7 02 45 46 47 48 are also initialized by this operation 55 Perform F8 11 Developer Count F7 02 45 46...

Page 154: ... Paper Tray out 3 Remove 5 Screws S6 4 Remove the Left Cover For DP C405 Series PB and Other Destinations 5 Loosen 4 Screws 6 Remove the Bracket Caution When reinstalling the Bracket make sure that the Hole is upper side and the Gasket is facing in the Machine Gasket Machine Bracket Hole ...

Page 155: ...Board Important Before proceeding make a note of the alignment pointer position If the LSU is not reinstalled at the same position the scanning quality will be affected Note LSU and Serial Numbers are printed as illustrated 12 Remove 3 Screws Y33 13 Remove the LSU 4303 Cleaning the LSU Aperture Glass Refer to the Operating Instructions For Basic Operations Maintenance Section ...

Page 156: ...e the Sheet Bypass Tray See sect 2 2 9 2 Remove the Lower Right Side Cover Unit See sect 2 2 8 3 Disconnect the Harness on the ADU PC Board CN408 CN409 4 Release the Harness from 2 Clamps 5 Pull the 1st Paper Tray out 6 Remove 1 Screw Y19 7 Remove the 1st Paper Feed Module ...

Page 157: ...he Pickup Roller Clean the Pickup Roller surface with a soft cloth saturated with water 9 Remove the Snap Ring H6 10 Remove the DFP Roller 1911 Cleaning the DFP Roller Clean the DFP Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water Note During reinstallation ensure that the Gears are aligned and that the Snap Ring is reinstalled properly as illustrated 11 Remove 1 Screw X5 12 Remove the Guide Cover ...

Page 158: ...14 Remove the One Way Clutch 1923 15 Remove the Feed Roller 1922 Cleaning the Feed Roller Clean the Feed Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water 16 Disconnect the Harnesses 17 Remove 2 Sensors 401 14 401 15 18 Remove the Jam Cover 19 Pull the 2nd Paper Tray out ...

Page 159: ... steps 8 17 for the 1st Paper Feed Module Cleaning the Intermediate Roller 23 Remove the Sheet Bypass Tray See sect 2 2 9 24 Remove the Lower Right Side Cover Unit See sect 2 2 8 25 Clean the Upper Intermediate Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water 26 Open the Jam Cover 27 Clean the Lower Intermediate Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water ...

Page 160: ... 2 2 14 System Console 1 Open the Jam Cover 2 Pull the 3rd Paper Tray out 3 Remove 2 Screws S6 4 Remove the Right Side Rear Cover 6704 5 Remove 1 Screw Y19 6 Remove the Cover Belt 6715 7 Remove the Jam Cover while pushing the release button ...

Page 161: ...ase the Harness from the clamp 10 Remove 1 Screw Y19 11 Remove the 3rd Paper Feed Module Note Follow the instructions for steps 8 17 of the 1st Paper Feed Module See sect 2 2 13 12 Pull the 4th Paper Tray out 13 Disconnect the Harness 14 Release the Harness from the clamp ...

Page 162: ... 16 Remove the 4th Paper Feed Module Note Follow the instructions for steps 8 17 for the 1st Paper Feed Module See sect 2 2 13 Cleaning the Intermediate Roller 17 Open the Jam Cover 18 Clean the 3rd 4th Intermediate Roller with a soft cloth saturated with water ...

Page 163: ...S6 2 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly 3 Remove 1 Screw Y31 4 Remove the CONE PC Board 3922 5 Disconnect all Harnesses on the SC PC Board 6 Remove 10 Screws Y31 7 Remove the SC PC Board 6401 8 Disconnect all Harnesses on the EC PC Board 9 Remove 8 Screws Y31 10 Remove the EC PC Board 6402 ...

Page 164: ...e Harnesses from all Clamps on the SC PCB Bracket 3901 14 Remove 12 Screws X5 15 Remove the SC PCB Bracket 3901 For DP C405 Series PB and Other Destinations Follow steps 16 19 16 Remove 2 Screws X5 and Harnesses with 2 Metal Clamps 17 Remove the Harnesses from all Clamps on the SC PCB Bracket 3901 18 Remove 13 Screws X5 19 Remove the SC PCB Bracket 3901 ...

Page 165: ...ons Remove the additional 13th Screw X5 illustrated as Screw A 22 Remove the SC PCB Bracket 3901 23 Remove 2 Screws X5 24 Remove the DC25 PC Board 6506 25 Release the Harnesses from all Clamps and all Edge Saddles on the EC PC Board Bracket 3908 and Center Bracket 3906 26 Remove the Harnesses on the EC PC Board Bracket 3908 and Center Bracket 3906 27 Remove 6 Screws X5 28 Remove the Center Bracket...

Page 166: ...Ver 1 1 29 Remove 7 Screws X5 30 Remove the EC PCB Bracket 3908 31 Disconnect all Harnesses on the HVPS2 PC Board 32 Remove 8 Screws Y31 33 Remove the HVPS2 PC Board 4015 34 Remove 3 Screws X5 35 Pull the HVPS1 PC Board Assembly out ...

Page 167: ...ront Cover 41 Remove the Toner Waste Container 42 Turn the Levers counterclockwise 43 Pull the Drum Units out approximately 20mm Note When pulling out the Drum Unit exercise care not to expose the Drum to light 44 Remove 6 Motor Assemblies according to the following steps Note The Motor Assemblies are keyed for their respective locations do not force them into an incorrect position as damage to th...

Page 168: ...connect the Harness on the Motor PC Board Assembly 49 Remove 4 Screws X5 50 Remove the Motor Assembly Note These procedures are for Motor Assemblies No 2 5902 and No 5 5904 shown in the illustration of step 44 Caution When removing the Motor Assembly No 3 set the Drum Units for Yellow Magenta and Cyan color and turn the levers clockwise Caution When removing motor assemblies don t touch nor rotate...

Page 169: ...he MOTDRV PC Board 52 Release 3 PCB Spacers 4006 53 Remove the MOTDRV PC Board 6504 54 Release the Harness from 2 Clamps 55 Remove 2 Screws X5 56 Remove the Fan Assembly 57 Remove 5 Screws X5 58 Remove the IH PCB Bracket 4004 59 Disconnect all the Harnesses on the IH PC Board ...

Page 170: ... Board CN55 66 Disconnect the SATA Harness on the SC PC Board CN10 Caution When reinstalling the SATA Harness take note of the connector position Insert it gently and do not force the connector if it is facing the wrong way 67 Remove 1 Screw X5 and the Ground Harness 68 Remove the DC12 PC Board Assembly Caution When reinstalling the Ground Harness make sure that the Terminal is in a Vertical posit...

Page 171: ...Caution When reinstalling the SATA Harness take note of the connector position Insert it gently and do not force the connector if it is facing the wrong way and exercise care to prevent the HDD from Shock and Vibration damage 75 Remove 1 Screw and Ground Harness Caution When reinstalling the Ground Harness make sure that the Terminal is Horizontal position as illustrated and exercise care to preve...

Page 172: ...Cover 2 Remove the Toner Waste Container 3 Pull all the Drum Units out approximately 20 mm 0 79 in 4 Remove the 2 Screws X5 5 Remove the SC Support Bracket 3903 6 Release the Harnesses from 11 Clamps and the Drive Unit 7 Remove the Main Drive Unit 5811 8 Remove 12 Screws Y19 ...

Page 173: ...Remove 4 Snap Rings H6 13 Remove the E Ring J6 14 Remove 6 FTR Coupling Gears 5906 Caution When reinstalling align the Gear holes and Frame holes as illustrated 15 Release the Harness from the Harness Clamp 16 Remove the Upper Snap Ring H6 17 Remove the Lower Snap Ring H6 Note For DP C405 C305 Only with the Lower Clutch ...

Page 174: ...ve the Lower Gear 6131 DP C405 C305 Only 22 Remove the Lower Clutch 6128 23 Release the Harness from Harness Clamp 24 Disconnect the Motor Harness 25 Remove 3 Screws X5 26 Remove the Motor Assembly 6126 27 Release the Harness from 2 Harness Clamps 28 Disconnect the Clutch Harness 29 Remove the Snap Ring H6 30 Remove the Clutch 6128 ...

Page 175: ...n the SC PCB 32 Release the Harness from 2 Harness Clamps 33 Remove 3 Screws X5 34 Remove the Lift Up Motor Assembly 35 Remove 2 Screws X5 36 Remove the Lift Up Motor Bracket Assembly 37 Remove 2 Photo Sensors 1819 04 1819 05 38 Remove 2 Screws Y26 39 Remove the Lift Up Motor 2001 ...

Page 176: ...sses CN52 and CN53 on the SC PCB CN519 and CN520 on the EC PCB and the Intermediate Connector 3 Release the Harnesses from 14 Harness Clamps 4 Release the Harnesses from 3 Harness Clamps 5 Remove 2 Screws X5 6 Remove the NFL 2 Bracket 4107 7 Disconnect 1 Harness on the NFL PCB CN132 8 Remove 5 Screws X5 9 Remove the LVPS Unit ...

Page 177: ...1 1 10 Disconnect the Harness 11 Remove 2 Screws X5 12 Remove the NFL PCB Assembly 4116 13 Release the Harnesses from the Edge Saddle 14 Remove 2 Screws X5 15 Remove the LVPS Duct Cover 4106 16 Release the Harnesses from Harness 5 Clamps ...

Page 178: ...ket 4102 20 Disconnect the Fan Harness 21 Release the Harness from Harness Clamp 22 Remove 2 Screws 4104 23 Remove the LVPS Fan 4103 24 Disconnect all the Harnesses on the LVPS 25 Remove 6 Screws X5 26 Remove 4 Screws Y16 27 Remove the LVPS 4117 Caution When reinstalling the LVPS secure the side Screws first ...

Page 179: ...Screw FFPFA01632 H9 Snap Ring FFPFJ0039B G6 Screw M3 x 4 XYN3 F4FJ 5M Screw M3 x 12 XTB3 12GFJ 6A Silver Screw XTB4 10GFN H5 Silver Screw XTT4 8HFN J2 XUC5VM XUC6VM XUC4VM E Ring E Ring E Ring K5 K6 J7 XUC3VM E Ring J6 E Ring XUC7VM J8 Shoulder Screw FFPFA01761 K7 FFPFJ0043B Snap Ring K9 PF2217P319 Screw P4 FFPFA0161 Shoulder Screw N6 XTN4 34GFJ Screw M4 x 34 L4 ...

Page 180: ...B3 6FFJ RP Y2 Screw XTW3 6LFJ Y3 Screw XYN4 F6FJ Y10 XYN3 F6FJ Screw Y16 XTB3 6FFJ Screw X5 XTB3 20GFJ Screw X4 Screw XTW3 8LFJ Y13 XYN3 F8FJ Screw X3 XTB3 10GFJ Screw X1 DZPA000086 Screw S6 DZPA000098 Shoulder Screw Q6 XTW4 10PFJ Screw M4 x 10 P9 XTW3 8PFJ Screw M3 x 8 P8 XTB4 8FFJ Screw Y19 XTB4 6FFJ Screw Y21 Screw XYA3 FF6FJ Y22 ...

Page 181: ...34 Screw XTW3 8PFJR Y35 Screw XYC3 FG10FJ Y38 Screw XTB4 10FFJ Y33 Screw XTW3 12QFJ Y36 Screw XTB3 6GFJ Y37 Screw XSB3 6FJ Y30 Screw XSB3 8FJK Y29 Screw XYN4 F8FJ Y23 Screw XTB4 10GFJ Y24 Screw XYN26 F6FJ Y25 Screw XYN3 F4FJ Y26 E Ring XUC8VM Y27 Screw XTW4 10PFJ Y28 Screw XTN5 10FFJ Y40 Screw XYN3 F8FJK Y41 Screw XTB4 8HFJ Y39 ...

Page 182: ...182 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 Part No Figure Remark Ref No Screw XTB3 12GFJ Y42 Shoulder Screw DZPA000098 Y43 Screw XYN4 F10FJ Y45 Screw XTB3 12FFJ Y46 Screw XST3 4FJ Y47 Screw XTB3 4FFJ Y48 ...

Page 183: ...FF position and then unplug the AC Power Cord before disassembling the machine 1 After taking the unit apart do not attempt to operate the machine 2 When operating the machine with covers removed be careful and avoid clothing from being caught by moving components 3 While the electricity is applied to the unit do not connect nor disconnect the connectors on any PC Board 4 When handling the drum fo...

Page 184: ...r Mode 34 Hard Disk Initialize b Delete the data in the F ROM using the Service Mode F9 06 03 Shipment Set c Delete the data in the SD Memory Card on the SC PCB Physically break the SD Memory Card or completely delete the data using a data deleting software 8 To secure the customer s information make sure the Fax number E mail address is set correctly in the Check Call feature 9 Service Manuals an...

Page 185: ...all Rollers and Separation Rubber with a soft cloth saturated with water Note For stubborn toner accumulation wipe with a soft cloth saturated with Isopropyl Alcohol first then follow up with a soft cloth saturated with water 3 Scanner Unit Check Clean 1 Clean the Scanning Glass or White Seal Guide with Isopropyl Alcohol when required 4 Document Size Sensor Check Clean 1 Do not touch the surface o...

Page 186: ...3 3 Preventive Maintenance Points 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 29 30 31 33 35 34 11 19 21 24 10 32 15 25 50 52 27 28 43 51 49 46 45 48 46 45 44 16 26 42 20 22 23 14 18 13 17 12 53 38 39 40 41 47 46 45 46 45 47 47 47 48 36 37 No 36 37 DP C405 C305 Only ...

Page 187: ...F7 02 65 Fuser Belt Remain Count Count Down 10 Fuser Main Unit 4927 240K F7 02 66 Fuser Main Remain Count Count Down Complete Fuser Unit Fuser Belt Unit and Fuser Main Unit 4815 F7 02 65 Fuser Belt Remain Count F7 02 66 Fuser Main Remain Count Intermediate Transfer Unit 11 Intermediate Transfer IT Belt 3419 240K Refer to Sect 2 2 10 Replace together with STR Unit and Cleaning Unit F7 02 51 Transfe...

Page 188: ...ller 2401 120K Water 1 Refer to Sect 2 2 6 30 Feed Roller 2402 120K Water 1 31 ADU 1st Roller 2408 120K Water 1 32 ADU 2nd Roller 2304 120K Water 1 Paper Exit Transportation Unit 33 Exit Roller 3302 120K Water 1 Refer to Sect 2 2 7 34 Lower Pinch Roller 3301 120K Water 1 35 Upper Pinch Roller 3208 120K Water 1 Lower Right Side Cover Unit 36 Registration Sensor 2 1918 01 120K Dry Cotton Swab Refer ...

Page 189: ...val print and or ambient conditions Main Paper Feed Module 42 Registration Roller 2112 120K Water 1 Refer to Sect 2 2 13 43 Upper Intermediate Roller 1834 120K Water 1 44 Lower Intermediate Roller 1835 120K Water 1 Paper Feed Module 45 Paper Feed Roller 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1922 120K Water 1 240K Refer to Sect 2 2 14 F7 03 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Paper Tray Count 46 DFP Roller 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1911 120K Water 1...

Page 190: ...hine Continues Operating Enter the Copy Service Mode F5 87 ADF PM Cycle and change to the desired value 2 Paper Feed Roller 508 240K 3 Separation Roller 610 240K Fuser Unit 9 Fuser Belt Unit 4926 120K F7 02 65 Fuser Belt Remain Count Count Down 119K Alarm 121k Machine Stops Perform F8 26 Fuser Belt Counter Reset F7 02 65 Fuser Belt Remain Count is also initialized by this operation 10 Fuser Main U...

Page 191: ...ount 480K Alarm Machine Continues Operating Perform F8 09 Toner Density Adj F7 02 40 41 42 43 Deve Unit Count and F7 02 45 46 47 48 Developer Count are also initialized by this operation 35 M Magenta 480K 36 C Cyan 480K 37 BK Black 480K Developer Y Yellow 5445 F7 02 45 48 Developer Count Only in case of Problem Perform F8 11 Deve Counter Reset F7 02 45 46 47 48 Developer Count are also initialized...

Page 192: ...be alerted of machine problems maintenance alerts and when supplies are needed automatically To enable this function the following data input is necessary First register the customer s information when the machine is installed Then at each service visit register what Service Action was performed Refer to the Steps below 3 7 2 How to Input the Service Information History and How to Out put the List...

Page 193: ...sword to enter the Service Mode Cancel Yes No OK Yes Service Mode Registration is completed Category of Business 00 Agricultural 01 Bank Finance 02 Communication 03 Construction 04 Design 05 Distribution Retailer 06 Education Library 07 Federal Government 08 Fishing 09 Forestry 10 Manufacturing 11 Medical 12 Mining 13 Non Profit 14 Post Office 15 Public Works 16 Real Estate 17 Religious Church 18 ...

Page 194: ...Action 00 Changed Settings None Comp Training 01 New Repair None Comp Incomp 02 Adjustment Cleaning None Comp Incomp Cleaning 03 Maintenance PM None PM Clean Parts 04 Call Back None CHK Unit Comp Rep NG Delivery Stand by Register required information before exiting the Service Mode Registration Items Date of the visit service details If the unit is visited the 2nd time on the same day the visit is...

Page 195: ...Set Cancel to return Select Service Action Ex Call Back Stand by Register required information before exiting the Service Mode Confirm that it is a Call Back If it is a call back register the Service Action Register Service Date and Service Action Call Back confirmation screen displays if the initial registration is completed It does not display on the first day of installation Displays when Servi...

Page 196: ...lect Item from Service History OK to Set Cancel to return Select Item to Change Check and or change registered Service History using Service Mode F9 23 01 Up to 200 Service History records can be saved Upon reaching 200 records as New record is created the oldest one is automatically deleted Service History is displayed and printed starting with the latest first Changed items are marked with an as...

Page 197: ...t Print Maintenance Info Close Select a Function Close Select 1 Sided or 2 Sided OK Printing is completed Print the list for each maintenance function using Service Mode F9 22 00 Simulated List 1 month 01 Simulated List All 02 Machine Usage List 03 Machine Diagnostic List 04 Maintenance List Print the Service History The printout Lists can be selected to be either 1 Sided or 2 Sided ...

Page 198: ...h 1st last day Black and Color printing data is collected separately Output paper size and Simulated cover range for A4 or 8 5x11 size are counted separately Count for major output paper sizes Simulated Cover Range is incremented by 5 List Contents 1 Category of Business Installation Date Serial Number 2 Coverage Range B W Color 3 Coverage Range in A4 or 8 5x11 size B W Color 4 Coverage Range of L...

Page 199: ... Counter increments by one for each paper feed regardless of paper size Service Mode printouts are also counted List Contents 1 Category of Business Installation Date and Serial Number 2 Counter Value of Unit Paper Size Media Type 3 Job Counter Total Paper Size 4 Print Job Counter Total Copy Jobs Usage Ratio 5 Average Feed Count 1 3 5 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 ...

Page 200: ...Print Jam and Machine error Print PM unit usage and its estimate replacement time List Contents 1 Category of Business Installation Date and Serial Number 2 Job Error History Top 10 Paper JAM Machine Error 3 PM Part Counter Main PM parts replacement estimate 4 Service History MCBV MCBSC MTBF AMV MCBJ 1 2 3 3 4 ...

Page 201: ...ist Print up to 200 Service History Items List Contents 1 Category of Business Installation Date Time Serial Number Total Number of Visit Total Number of Repair 2 Service Date Time Service Action Counter Data If the Service History has been changed an asterisk is printed before the number 1 2 ...

Page 202: ...AM Initialize Initialize is in progress Select RAM Initialize Close Select Maintenance Info Clear Close Yes to Initialize No to Cancel and return Initialization is completed Initialize Maintenance Information F9 06 08 Maintenance Info Clear Items initialized Counter Data Service History Initial Registration ...

Page 203: ...ory of Business Service Mode F9 F9 23 Maint Info Manager Select Maint Info Manager Close Select Category of Business OK to set the Change Cancel to return Change the Category of Business that was set during the initial registration using F9 23 03 Category of Business Category of Business is printed on each list ...

Page 204: ...ry Function setting Change setting to Yes No using F9 23 04 Service History Function When the Service History Function is set to No there is no prompting for the registration process before exiting the Service Mode The screen advances to the default mode such as Copy Mode The Service History will not be recorded The change made to the Service History Function setting will be recorded in the Servic...

Page 205: ...int Info Manager 01 Service History 03 Category of Business 04 Service History Func 7 Limitation Some data is not collected if the initial registration has not been completed MCBV MCBSC MTBF AMV If the Service History Function is set to No some data may not collect accurately MCBV MCBSC MTBF If the clock is not set correctly for example due to a worn out battery the data may not collect accurately...

Page 206: ...s the Counter information from the backed up SD Memory Card onto the new SC PCB 1 Replace the SC PCB 2 Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON I position 3 Change the Service Parameter F5 179 Param Cnt Auto Backup to No DP C405 Series Change the Service Parameter F5 179 Counter Backup to No DP C354 C322 Series 4 Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the O...

Page 207: ...vice Parameter F9 20 Counter Backup to SD and select 00 SC Counter Backup 01 EC Counter Backup then select Yes Restore When the SC EC PC Board is replaced the machine restores the Counter Parameter information from the backed up SD Memory Card 1 Replace the SC EC PCB 2 Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON I position 3 Select the Service Parameter 9 12 Param Restore from ...

Page 208: ...ignated File image jpg Default file name for Scan to SD Card Designated File type JPEG Procedure 1 Install the SD Memory Card into the Front SD Card Slot 2 Select the Service Parameter F9 19 Power On Display then select Custom and OK 3 Select OK to register the image Note 1 Use an appropriate sized 640 x 480 pixels image data to fit into the Display Panel without cropping or cutting off Example If...

Page 209: ...work LAN Port This method is convenient when the PC and the machine are already connected to LAN Even if the machine is not connected to a LAN it can be updated by connecting a Crossover Cable to the Ethernet LAN Port Refer to the Firmware Update Operating Instructions and Section 3 11 2 for additional details SC PC Board On Board PC CPU 108 MB Ethernet Port F ROM PC USB Port SD Memory Card 128 MB...

Page 210: ... Slot or with an SD Memory Card Reader Writer Just a single Master SD Memory Card is sufficient to update the SC PCB with the Standard or with all Optional configurations PS and Fax options included as long as all the necessary firmware codes are stored onto the card The easiest way is to use Auto Mode for updating all necessary firmware at once Refer to the Firmware Update Operating Instructions ...

Page 211: ...he Archived file exe is Double clicked Example From Destination Shortcut Batch File D CD ROM Drive xFirmware USA bat Firmware Code File C405_C305_C265_xx_xxxxxxxx_xx exe To Firmware Data Folder C Panasonic Panasonic FUP Data 3 Preparing the Main Unit for the Firmware Upgrade Before starting print the F5 F6 Parameters List Copy Service Mode F9 03 00 Make sure the unit s Password Service Mode F7 01 ...

Page 212: ...and select the OK button to enter the Service Mode default password is 00000000 3 Press the 9 key on the Control Panel and then press the Start key to enter the F9 Service Mode Unit Maintenance 4 Select 00 FAX Service Mode on the Touch Panel display 5 Select 06 RAM Initialize on the Touch Panel display 6 Select 09 All Job Clear on the Touch Panel display and then select the Yes button After cleari...

Page 213: ...d minimum 128 MB size to update the SC PCB with the Standard or with all Optional firmware configurations Caution Before proceeding with the Firmware Update clear all Fax or Internet Fax jobs first or the Firmware will not update properly Follow the steps below to perform All Job Clear 1 Press the Function Copy and the 3 keys simultaneously on the Control Panel 2 Input the password and select the ...

Page 214: ...wer Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the OFF position 11 Remove the Master Firmware SD Memory Card from the machine 12 Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON I position 13 Reprogram the F5 F6 Parameters according to the lists printed in Step 1 above if the settings are other than factory default Caution If the unit does not boot up properly in Step 8 refer to Sect...

Page 215: ...are as a package only SC PCB Firmware can be recovered If the unit does not boot up properly follow the steps below 1 Turn the power OFF Before proceeding to the next step you must create the Master SD Memory Card read the section 3 11 5 first 2 Turn the power On while holding the Energy Saver key 3 When the message Selected Emergency Firmware Update is on the LCD display release the Energy Saver ...

Page 216: ...Type A Standard D PS Option Model Number CMFP1_SC DP C322 C262 CMFP2_SC DP C354 C323 C264 C263 C213 CMFP25SC DP C405 C305 C265 CMFP4 EC AA Vxxxxx Firmware Version Vxxxxx AA Fixed Model Number CMFP1_EC DP C322 C262 CMFP2_EC DP C323 C263 C213 CMFP3_EC DP C354 C264 CMFP4_EC DP C405 C305 CMFP5_EC DP C265 CMFP2SCN AA Vxxxxx Firmware Version Vxxxxx AA Fixed Model Number CMFP1SCN DP C322 C262 DP C354 C32...

Page 217: ...217 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 FCB CMFP1FCB A A Vxxxxx AU Destination Code FAX AU Overseas Firmware Version Vxxxxx Firmware Type A Standard Model Number Language Code A Overseas ...

Page 218: ...nter position Select Black Text Photo Commercial and then select the OK button to set the machine to Mono Text Photo Density 5 Make a copy of Test Chart 53 54 with gray scale P N FQ SJ1011 and verify the density as shown below If it is within specification skip to step 14 6 Press the Reset key twice on the Control Panel to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode 7 Press the 6 key on the ...

Page 219: ...he density 6 Press the Reset key twice on the Control Panel to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode 7 Press the 6 key on the Control Panel and then press the Start key to enter the F6 Service Mode 8 Enter F6 211 Color T P Density lt Mode 9 Select Input on the Touch Panel display 10 Enter the new 2 digit value Note The Reset key is used to enter a Negative value Lighter Darker 11 Selec...

Page 220: ...220 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 Color Test Chart 101 P N PJQRC0119Z LDR PJQRC0120Z A3 ...

Page 221: ...g 19 LSU 1 3 2 3 20 Fuser Belt Unit 1 21 Fuser Main Unit 1 22 Complete Fuser Unit 1 2 3 Order No Fuser Main Counter Reset F8 27 Color Skew Adj IT Belt Length Measu rement F8 28 IT belt Counter Reset F8 29 STR Counter Reset F8 32 Color Reg F8 30 Clean F8 Mode IT Metal Rollers TDC Adjustment When replacing the Developer Unit Auto Print Image Control APIC 1 Copy Quality Check Fuser Belt Counter Reset...

Page 222: ... 9 Check the gap of the print pattern from the paper edge Refer to the Figure 10 Press the Reset key on the Control Panel to exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service Mode 11 Press the 6 key on the Control Panel and then press the Start key to enter the F6 Service Mode 12 Perform the Service Mode F6 000 to F6 007 F6 002 F6 003 and F6 004 are not used to adjust the gap to 5 mm 13 If the gap is l...

Page 223: ... the gap of the print pattern from the paper edge Refer to the 3 13 1 Figure 6 Press the Reset key on the Control Panel to exit to the initial screen of the F1 Service Mode 7 Press the 6 key on the Control Panel and then press the Start key to enter the F6 Service Mode 8 Perform the Service Mode F6 045 to F6 049 to adjust the gap to 5 8 mm for all the trays 9 If the gap is less than 5 8 mm input a...

Page 224: ...te If you do not hold the Energy Saver and Copy keys down long enough the Display may go OFF 4 Press the on the upper left edge of the display press the on the center and press the on the lower right edge of the display Then the display goes to standby Caution Prevent any damage to the LCD Display by not pressing with Sharp Edged Objects such as a Ball Point Pen etc 5 Reboot the machine by cycling...

Page 225: ...ximately 0 0275 in 0 7 mm 3 Do not turn 2 3 turns at once Side Edge 1 Remove the Glass Assembly and move the Scanner Front Cover refer to Section 2 2 3 2 When the printed image is skewed to the left as illustrated a Loosen the Screw C b Slide the Mirror Frame 2 in the direction illustrated below Note 1 Amount of adjustment Sliding the Mirror Frame 0 0394 in 1 mm in the Direction D adjusts the skew...

Page 226: ...ter Values F6 855 856 857 Color Skew Registration Adjustment e If all the Parameter Values are less than 10 the LSU replacement is completed If any of the Parameter Values is more than 11 adjust the Skew value according to step 5 below For the majority of applications the above steps are sufficient to obtain the results most users are looking for However under particular circumstances fine tuning ...

Page 227: ...e the Front Cover f Perform F8 Service Mode F8 30 Color Registration Approximately 30 sec g Press the Reset key to exit the F8 Service Mode h Make a note of the F6 Service Mode Parameter Values F6 855 856 857 Color Skew Registration Adjustment i Repeat the above Steps a h until all values are less than 10 If all values are less than 10 the LSU replacement is completed For the majority of applicati...

Page 228: ...ions 3 Reinstall the Adjustment Roller and the Snap Ring as illustrated 4 After completing the IT Belt replacement execute the following parameter initialization Counter Reset Note When replacing the IT Belt the STR Unit and the Cleaning Unit 120K should be replaced at the same time After their replacement perform F8 32 STR Life Count reset Color Registration After completing the Maintenance perfo...

Page 229: ...wder in a plastic bag You may also use your own Setting Powder Referred to as Setting Powder hereafter d Instructions This document Note Confirm that the printing is in RED New type The printing on the Old type is in BLUE 3 Prepare the Setting Powder 1 Place a clean sheet of paper i e Ledger or A3 2 Carefully pour the Drum Setting Powder on the sheet of paper Warning Avoid prolonged or repeated br...

Page 230: ...ing Powder onto the surface of the IT Belt by lightly and uniformly patting the Belt from left to right Note Insufficient lubrication of IT Belt may reduce it s or a related component s life or affect its performance Note Refer to the illustration on the left for the area of application Extra setting powder applied to the upper most area as illustrated on the Left is recommended for best results ...

Page 231: ... 10 Perform F8 30 Color Registration in the Service Mode 11 Perform Manual Copy Quality Adjustment 1 Before starting ensure that the unit is in standby in the Copy Mode and it is not displaying any error codes messages 2 Press the Function key 3 Select General Settings 4 Select 01 Manual Copy Quality Adj 5 Select On 6 Select OK to begin the Manual Copy Quality adjustment Note Do not touch any keys...

Page 232: ...232 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 3 20 720K PM Kit DQ M35S72 DQ M32N72 ...

Page 233: ...nit Intermediate Rollers and Exit Feed Rollers 1 Remove 11 Screws S6 2 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Power to the machine is still ON Please read the entire section 3 20 1 Replacement above once again 3 Remove 1 Screw Y31 4 Remove the CONE PC Board 3922 5 Remove 12 Screws X5 6 Disconnect all SC Connectors 7 Remove the Harnesses from 5 Clamps 8 R...

Page 234: ...er Right Side Cover 10 Remove 3 Screws S6 11 Remove the Right Side Rear Cover 12 Remove 3 Screws X5 13 Remove the Interlock Assy 14 Remove the Interlock Switch Unit Caution When reinstalling the Interlock Switch Unit insert the Lever first as illustrated ...

Page 235: ... 1 DP C405 C305 C265 15 Remove 1 Screw X5 16 Remove the Exit Pulley Plate 17 Remove the Belt Replacing the Fuser Unit 18 Loosen 2 Screws 19 Pull the Fuser Unit out 20 Remove 3 Screws X5 21 Remove the Exit Roller Assembly ...

Page 236: ...rness from 9 Clamps and 1 Edge Saddle 26 Disconnect the Harness from the Stepping Motor 3706 27 Disconnect all the Harness on the MOTDRV PC Board 6504 28 Replacing to the enclosed Harness Replacing the Upper Lower Intermediated Rollers 29 Remove the Fax Box and or HDD Unit if installed by following the steps below 30 Disconnect all the Harnesses 31 Remove 3 Screws and remove the Fax Box 32 Remove ...

Page 237: ...nd remove the Handle Assembly in the direction shown by the arrow 36 Release the Harness from the Harness Clamp 37 Remove the Upper Snap Ring 38 Remove the Lower Snap Ring Note For DP C405 C305 Only with the Lower Clutch 39 Remove the Belt 40 Remove the Upper Gear 41 Remove the Upper Clutch ...

Page 238: ...e Lower Gear DP C405 C305 Only 43 Remove the Lower Clutch 44 Remove 2 Screws S6 45 Remove the Right Side Front Cover 46 Open the Sheet Bypass Tray 47 Remove the Sheet Bypass Tray Cover 2918 as illustrated 48 Release the Harnesses from the Harness Clamps ...

Page 239: ... Connectors CN406 CN407 CN408 CN409 CN410 and CN411 50 Release the Harnesses from the Harness Clamps 51 Open the Lower Right Side Cover 52 Remove the Snap Ring 53 Release the Latch 54 Release the Lock Lever by pushing it in the direction shown by the arrow ...

Page 240: ...ide Cover Unit by pushing the lock lever in the direction shown by the arrow 56 Remove 2 Screws X8 57 Remove the Tray Cover 58 Remove 4 Screws X5 59 Remove the Registration Guide 60 Remove the Sheet Bypass Unit by pushing the shaft in the direction shown by the arrow ...

Page 241: ... 1 and Tray 2 half way out 62 Remove 2 Screws 63 Release 2 Harness Clamps 64 Disconnect the Harness 65 Remove the Upper Unit and Lower Unit by turning to the left 66 Open the Front Cover 67 Remove 2 Screws 68 Remove the Arm Joint by releasing the Latch ...

Page 242: ...w 74 Remove the Front Right Cover by releasing the Latch DP C405 Series 75 Remove the Upper Snap Ring 76 Remove the Upper Ball Bearing 77 Remove the Lower Snap Ring 78 Remove the Lower Ball Bearing Caution When reinstalling make sure that the Ball Bearing Not Metal Bearing is installed properly as same position Rear DP C354 C322 Series 79 Remove the Upper Snap Ring 80 Remove the Upper Bearing 81 R...

Page 243: ...nstalling make sure that the Bearing Not Ball Bearing is installed properly as same position Front Replacing the Lower Intermediate Roller 89 Remove the Snap Ring 90 Remove the Bearing 91 Remove the Lower Intermediate Roller by sliding to the left first and then pulling the right side out 92 Remove the Gear 93 Replace the Lower Intermediate Roller Caution DP C405 Series When reinstalling make sure...

Page 244: ...244 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 2 Remove 3 Screws 3 Remove 2 Screws on both sides 4 Remove 2 Metal Parts on both sides 5 Remove the Fuser Exit Guide ...

Page 245: ... sides 9 Remove the Gears Replacing the Exit Roller 10 Remove the Exit Roller by sliding to the Right first and then pulling the Left side out 11 Replace with the new Exit Roller Replacing the Feed Roller 12 Remove the Feed Roller by sliding to the Right first and then pulling the Left side out 13 Replace with the new Feed Roller ...

Page 246: ...oving the PC Boards 1 Remove 11 Screws S6 2 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly 3 Remove 1 Screw Y31 4 Remove the CONE PC Board 3922 5 Remove 12 Screws X5 6 Remove all the Harnesses from the SC PC Board 7 Remove 5 Clamps 8 Remove the SC PC Board Assembly by lifting and turning to the Left as shown by the arrows ...

Page 247: ...the Harness from 3 Harness Clamps 11 Remove the Center Bracket 12 Remove 4 Screws X5 13 Remove the Left EC PCB Bracket 3909 14 Remove the Harnesses from the EC PC Board Assembly 15 Remove 7 Screws X5 16 Remove the EC PCB Assembly by lifting and pulling as shown by the arrow ...

Page 248: ... 3 Screws X5 21 Pull the HVPS1 PC Board Assembly out Removing the Motor Drive Unit 1 Open the Front Cover 2 Remove the Toner Waste Container 3 Turn the Levers counterclockwise 4 Pull all the Drum Units out by approximately 20mm 0 79 in Note When pulling the Drum Unit out exercise care not to expose the Drum 5 Remove 2 Screws X5 6 Remove the SC Support Bracket 3903 ...

Page 249: ... 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 7 Release the Harnesses from 11 Clamps and the Drive Unit 8 Remove the Main Drive Unit 5811 9 Remove 12 Screws Y19 Replacing the IT Drive Gear 10 Remove 1 E Ring 11 Replace the IT Drive Gear 6007 ...

Page 250: ...ith DQ M35S72 PM DP C354 Series Only 1 Loosen 11 Screws S6 2 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly 3 Remove the IH VOC Filter 3927 by turning to the right 4 Install the New IH VOC Filter 5 Remove the Toner VOC Filter 3928 6 Install the New Toner VOC Filter 7 Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly ...

Page 251: ...251 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 8 Open the Right Side Upper Cover 9 Remove 10 Screws and 1 Fixing Metal Plate 10 Remove the ADU Upper Guide 11 Remove 1 Screw 12 Remove the Release Lever ...

Page 252: ...252 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 13 Remove 2 Screws 14 Remove the Right Side Cover 15 Replace the Exit VOC Filter 234 16 Install the Right Side Cover by lifting the Lever up ...

Page 253: ... 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 17 Reinstall the Release Lever as illustrated Caution If NOT reinstalling the Lever the Cover cannot be opened 18 Secure with 1 Screw 19 Reinstall the Harness Fastening Metal Plate as illustrated ...

Page 254: ...TR Unit and Intermediate Transfer IT Unit 1 Open the Sheet Bypass Tray 2 Open the Lower Right Side Cover 3 Remove 2 Screws Y16 4 Remove the Guide Bracket Assembly 5 Remove the STR Unit 2535 6 Remove the Snap Ring 2714 7 Remove the Support Arm Assembly ...

Page 255: ...he down position 9 Remove 2 Screws Y45 Pulling the Intermediate Transfer IT Unit out 10 Push down the white latches on both sides and pull on them to release the IT Unit from the locked position 11 While holding the IT Unit by the center as illustrated slide it out until it stops ...

Page 256: ...t of the machine while holding it by both sides Caution Pull the IT Unit out straight and leveled horizontal or the IT Belt may get damaged and the printing quality will be affected Cleaning the Initial Point Sensor 14 Clean the Initial Point Sensor with a dry cotton swab Note When cleaning wipe the surface of the sensor with a dry cotton swab a few times as illustrated ...

Page 257: ...Density Sensors through the frame holes Note When cleaning wipe the surface of the sensors with a dry cotton swab a few times as illustrated Reinstalling the IT Unit 17 Maintain the IT Unit leveled by holding it on both sides while installing it into the machine Note When installing ensure that the STR Bracket locks in place Note Slide the IT Unit along the guide rails on both sides 18 Push on bot...

Page 258: ...uide 20 Install the STR Unit Note During the installation ensure that the hook is properly attached 21 Reinstall the Guide Bracket Note When reinstalling make sure that the convex is in the hole as illustrated 22 Reinstall the Support Arm Assembly 23 Reinstall the Snap Ring 24 Close the Lower Right Side Cover 25 Close the Sheet Bypass Tray ...

Page 259: ...Power Supply 24VM_4 24V DC Power Supply 24VS 24V DC Power Supply 3 3V 24V DC Power Supply 5V 5V DC Power Supply 5V_1 5V DC Power Supply 5V_2 5V DC Power Supply 5V_3 5V DC Power Supply 5V_4 5V DC Power Supply 5VADF 5V DC Power Supply 5V_HOME 5V DC Power Supply for Belt Home Position Sensor 5V_LSU_1 5V DC Power Supply for LSU 5V_LSU_2 5V DC Power Supply for LSU 5V_RR 5V DC Power Supply Signal for OH...

Page 260: ...Signal ADFFIFOLTH Serial Interface Latch Signal ADFMMCLK Main Motor Clock ADFPMCLK Paper Feed Motor Clock ADUENB ADU Serial Driver Enable Data Signal ADULD ADU Serial Load ADULT ADU Serial Latch ADUSICLK ADU Serial Clock ADUSIIN ADU Serial Data Input ADUSIOUT ADU Serial Data Output AGND Analog Ground APFLD AFP Serial Load APFLT AFP Serial Latch APFMCLK APF Motor Clock APFSICLK APF Serial Clock APF...

Page 261: ...ATRST Reset Signal B Motor Phase B BA0 Address BA1 Address BBA0 Address BBA1 Address BDCLK0 L Word Clock BDCLK1 H Word Clock BLCNT Back Light Control Signal BLSN_C Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal C BLSN_K Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal K BLSN_M Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal M BLSN_Y Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal Y BLUESCLK Blue AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock BLUESCLK BL...

Page 262: ...a BMD26 Data BMD27 Data BMD28 Data BMD29 Data BMD3 Data BMD30 Data BMD31 Data BMD4 Data BMD5 Data BMD6 Data BMD7 Data BMD8 Data BMD9 Data BZ Buzzer Power Supply BZCLK Buzzer Clock C_CLK_CK Bias Charge AC Output Clock CK C_CLK_YM Bias Charge AC Output Clock YM Card_Detect Card Detection Signal CAS Column Address Select CB0 No Connection CB1 No Connection CB2 No Connection CB3 No Connection CB4 No C...

Page 263: ...sor LED Reference CREG_OT_L Input Left Registration Sensor CREG_OT_M Input Middle Registration Sensor CREG_OT_R Input Right Registration Sensor CSSRXD Input CSS RXD CSSTXD Output CSS TXD CT1 Common Terminal 1 Signal D Data D 0 Data Bus Bit 0 D 1 Data Bus Bit 1 D 2 Data Bus Bit 2 D 3 Data Bus Bit 3 D 4 Data Bus Bit 4 D 5 Data Bus Bit 5 D 6 Data Bus Bit 6 D 7 Data Bus Bit 7 D_CLK_CK Bias Charge AC O...

Page 264: ...Developer Motor 2 Clock DEV2GAIN Developer Motor 2 Gain DGLRST Dongle Reset DM0 Data Mask DM1 Data Mask DM2 Data Mask DM3 Data Mask DM4 Data Mask DM5 Data Mask DM6 Data Mask DM7 Data Mask DM8 Data Mask DNGL1 Dongle 1 Select DNGL2 Dongle 2 Select DNGL3 Dongle 3 Select DNGLCD1 Presence of Dongle Key 1 DNGLCD2 Presence of Dongle Key 2 DNGLCD3 Presence of Dongle Key 3 DNLDCL Download Clock DNLDDT Down...

Page 265: ...2 Data DQ33 Data DQ34 Data DQ35 Data DQ36 Data DQ37 Data DQ38 Data DQ39 Data DQ4 Data DQ40 Data DQ41 Data DQ42 Data DQ43 Data DQ44 Data DQ45 Data DQ46 Data DQ47 Data DQ48 Data DQ49 Data DQ5 Data DQ50 Data DQ51 Data DQ52 Data DQ53 Data DQ54 Data DQ55 Data DQ56 Data DQ57 Data DQ58 Data DQ59 Data DQ6 Data DQ60 Data DQ61 Data Glossary of Electrical Abbreviations Signal Name Function ...

Page 266: ...t Stage Shift Register Clock FAN 24V1 Ground FAN 24V2 Ground FAN1SN 24V DC Power Supply FAN2SN 24V DC Power Supply FCP Reset Feed Through Level Clamp Clock FLM Frame Signal FR Reset Gate Clock FTG1 Transfer Gate Clock 1 FTG2 Transfer Gate Clock 2 FTRMCLK FTR Motor Clock FTRMON_C FTR Voltage Monitor C FTRMON_K FTR Voltage Monitor K FTRMON_M FTR Voltage Monitor M FTRMON_Y FTR Voltage Monitor Y FUMCL...

Page 267: ...D KIN0 Key Input Signal KIN3 Key Input Signal KIN4 Key Input Signal KIN5 Key Input Signal KIN6 Key Input Signal KYE No Connection LD_ERS_C1 Discharge LED C Power Supply 1 LD_ERS_C2 Discharge LED C Power Supply 2 LD_ERS_K1 Discharge LED K Power Supply 1 LD_ERS_K2 Discharge LED K Power Supply 2 LD_ERS_M1 Discharge LED M Power Supply 1 LD_ERS_M2 Discharge LED M Power Supply 2 LD_ERS_Y1 Discharge LED ...

Page 268: ... Inner Exit Sensor Power Supply LDJAM Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor Power Supply LDJDR Jam Release Door Sensor Power Supply LDLFTSN 5V DC Power Supply LDOPC_BK OPC Gear Phase Sensor BK Power Supply LDOPC_C New OPC Drum Detection Sensor C Power Supply LDOPC_COL OPC Gear Phase Sensor Color Power Supply LDOPC_K New OPC Drum Detection Sensor K Power Supply LDOPC_M New OPC Drum Detection Sensor M Powe...

Page 269: ...atch MOTSICLK Motor Driver Serial Clock MOTSIOUT Motor Driver Serial Data Output N C No Connection nADFDXSN Duplex Signal nADFORGSEN Original Detection Sensor ADF nADFRRSN1 Registration Roller Sensor 1 Signal nADFRRSN2 Registration Roller Sensor 2 Signal nADFSN ADF PCB Sensor nADUCL1 ADU Clutch 1 Control Signal nADUCL2 ADU Clutch 2 Control Signal nADUDRSN Right Sub Cover Sensor Signal nADUENB ADU ...

Page 270: ...ignal nCLPIN Input Clamp Enable nCLPIN1 Input Clamp Enable nCPPSN3 Tray 3 Paper Path Sensor Signal nCPPSN4 Tray 4 Paper Path Sensor Signal nCST3 Tray 3 Paper Feed Sensor Signal nCST4 Tray 4 Paper Feed Sensor Signal nCSTSN1a Tray 1 Detection Sensor nCSTSN1b Tray 1 No Paper Sensor Paper Tray Sensor Tray 1 nCSTSN2a Tray 2 Detection Sensor nCSTSN2b Tray 2 No Paper Sensor Paper Tray Sensor Tray 2 nCSTU...

Page 271: ...Horizontal Synchronizing Signal C K nHSYNC_Y Horizontal Synchronizing Signal Y M nHVEN_CK High Voltage Power Supply Output Control Signal CK nHVEN_T High Voltage Power Supply Output Enabling Signal T nHVEN_YM High Voltage Power Supply Output Control Signal YM nIHADCK IH AD Converter Clock nIHADCS IH AD Converter Chip Select nIHCM_A IH Core Motor Phase A nIHCM_AB IH Core Motor Phase AB nIHCM_B IH C...

Page 272: ...Serial Driver Enable nMOTLT Latch nMOTSIOUT Serial Data nOGMLK Lock Signal nOPC_BKSN OPC Gear Phase Sensor BK nOPC_COLSN OPC Gear Phase Sensor Color nOPC1ENB OPC Motor 1 Enable nOPC1RDY OPC Motor 1 Lock Detection nOPC2ENB OPC Motor 2 Enable nOPC2RDY OPC Motor 2 Lock Detection nOPCNEW_C New OPC Drum Detection Signal C nOPCNEW_K New OPC Drum Detection Signal K nOPCNEW_M New OPC Drum Detection Signal...

Page 273: ...k Detection nPRGDWN Control Program Download nPRSN1 Pressure Roller Sensor 1 nPRSN2 Pressure Roller Sensor 2 nSRST Scanner CPU PCB Reset nPUSOL3 Tray 3 Solenoid Control Signal nPUSOL4 Tray 4 Solenoid Control Signal nPUSSOLKYUI ADU Path Change Solenoid Control Signal nPUSSORFUK ADU Path Change Solenoid Control Signal nRD Read nRESERVCLK Sub Motor Clock nRRCL Registration Clutch nRST5 Reset nRSTMO M...

Page 274: ...tion Signal nTCT_CL Total Counter Color Activation Signal nTFSN Waste Toner Full Sensor nTRUCL Transfer Roller Unit Clutch nTRUCVSN Transfer Roller Unit Cover Sensor nTRUENB Transfer Roller Unit Serial Interface Enable nTRUMA Transfer Roller Unit Motor Control A nTRUMAB Transfer Roller Unit Motor Control A nTRUMB Transfer Roller Unit Motor Control B nTRUMBB Transfer Roller Unit Motor Control B nTR...

Page 275: ...al pADFRVCNT2 Reverse Clutch 2 Drive Control Signal pBLKCLP1 Black Level Clamp Switch Signal pFAXRING Fax Ringing Signal pFDOPSN Open and Close Front Door Detection pFINISH_POW Finisher Power Supply PFMCLK Paper Feed Motor Clock PFMGAIN Paper Feed Motor Gain Switch PGND Power Ground PGND_1 Power Ground PGND_2 Power Ground pHOMESN Belt Home Position Sensor pIHENB IH Enable pIHFCNT IH Fan Activation...

Page 276: ...l ROM Address SA2 Serial ROM Address SCCMD Control Command Signal SCK Serial Clock SCL Serial Clock SCLKHV_CK DAC0 Serial Data Latch Signal CK SCLKHV_T DAC0 Serial Data Clock Signal SCLKHV_YM AC0 Serial Data Latch Signal YM SCN0 Key Scan 0 Signal SCN1 Key Scan 1 Signal SCN2 Key Scan 2 Signal SCN3 Key Scan 3 Signal SCN4 Key Scan 4 Signal SCN5 Key Scan 5 Signal SCNRXD Input Serial Data SCNTXD Output...

Page 277: ... Toner Density Sensor K TDCS_M Toner Density Sensor M TDCS_Y Toner Density Sensor Y TEMPSN Temperature Sensor TH1A Thermistor 1 A TH1B Thermistor 1 B TH2A Thermistor 2 A TH2B Thermistor 2 B TH3A Thermistor 3 A TH3B Thermistor 3 B TH4A Thermistor 4 A TH4B Thermistor 4 B TRULD Serial Interface Load Signal TRULT Serial Interface Latch Signal TRUMCLK Motor Clock TRUSICLK SI Clock TRUSIDI Input Serial ...

Page 278: ...CD Output Red Even Signal VINODD_Blue CCD Output Blue Odd Signal VINODD_Green CCD Output Green Odd Signal VINODD_Red CCD Output Red Odd Signal VINV Inverter Power Supply VO2R Diffuse Reflection Right Input VOUT2C Image Level Diffusion Input VREF Reference Voltage Vss Ground VSYNCC C Vertical Synchronized Signal VSYNCK K Vertical Synchronized Signal VSYNCM M Vertical Synchronized Signal VSYNCY Y Ve...

Page 279: ...C PCB CN142 1 5V DC Power Supply CN54 2 GND DCC PCB CN142 5 Ground CN54 3 PG DCC PCB CN141 1 Power Ground CN54 4 24V DCC PCB CN141 4 24V DC Power Supply CN54 5 pLPOWÇP DCC PCB CN143 3 3 3V Power Return Signal CN54 6 5VD DCC PCB CN143 4 3 3V Power Return Signal CN54 7 GND DCC PCB CN143 8 Ground CN54 8 GND DCC PCB CN143 11 Ground CN54 9 GND DCC PCB CN143 12 Ground CN54 10 2 5V DCC PCB CN143 14 2 5V ...

Page 280: ...2 5V DC Power Supply SC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN55 1 24V DCB PCB CN141 3 24V DC Power Supply CN55 2 GND DCB PCB CN141 1 Ground CN55 3 GND DCB PCB CN141 5 Ground CN55 4 5VD DCB PCB CN141 4 5V DC Power Supply SC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN63 1 5VD CRI PCB CN1 4 5V DC Power Supply CN63 2 CSSTXD CRI PCB CN1 3 Output CSS TXD SC PC...

Page 281: ... RXD CN63 4 GND CRI PCB CN1 1 Ground SC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN64 1 GND FCB PCB CN352 6 Ground CN64 2 24V FCB PCB CN352 5 24V DC Power Supply CN64 3 GND FCB PCB CN352 4 Ground CN64 4 3 3V FCB PCB CN352 3 24V DC Power Supply CN64 5 GND FCB PCB CN352 2 Ground CN64 6 5VD FCB PCB CN352 1 5V DC Power Supply SC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Fun...

Page 282: ...dware Key I F SC PCB CN99 DP C405 Series Only Hardware Key I F SC PCB CN10 DP C405 Series Only SATA I F SC PCB CN74 DP C354 C322 Series Only SC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN74 1 ATRST HDD Reset Signal CN74 2 GND HDD Ground CN74 3 ATD 7 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 4 ATD 8 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 5 ATD 6 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 6 ATD 9 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 7 ATD 5 HDD HDD Dat...

Page 283: ...2 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 14 ATD 13 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 15 ATD 1 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 16 ATD 14 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 17 ATD 0 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 18 ATD 15 HDD HDD Data Bus CN74 19 GND HDD Ground CN74 20 KYE No Connection CN74 21 N C No Connection SC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V ...

Page 284: ...CN74 27 ATIORDY HDD HDDRW Ready Signal CN74 28 N C No Connection CN74 29 N C No Connection CN74 30 GND HDD Ground CN74 31 ATAINT HDD HDD B807 Signal CN74 32 IO16 HDD 16 Bit Block Transfer Control Signal CN74 33 ATA1 HDD HDD Address Bus CN74 34 N C No Connection SC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 0V PULSE 5V 0V 0V PULSE 5V 0V 0V PULSE 5V 0V 0V PULSE 5V 0V 0V 5V ...

Page 285: ... Memory Card I F SC PCB CN77 DP C354 C322 Series Only SD Memory Card I F SC PCB CN78 Main Memory Board I F SC PCB CN79 DP C354 C322 Series Only Image Memory Board I F CN74 35 ATA0 HDD HDD Address Bus CN74 36 ATA2 HDD HDD Address Bus CN74 37 ATCS1 HDD Primary HDD Selection Signal CN74 38 ATCS0 HDD Second HDD Selection Signal CN74 39 DASP HDD HDD Activation Signal CN74 40 GND HDD Ground SC PCB Pin N...

Page 286: ...V DC Power Supply CN94 2 GND VGB PCB CN1 4 Ground CN94 3 3 3V VGB PCB CN1 3 24V DC Power Supply CN94 4 GND VGB PCB CN1 2 Ground CN94 5 nVGB VGB PCB CN1 1 Voice Guidance PCB Detection SC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN1 1 FAN 24V1 LVPS Fan Ground CN1 2 FAV1SN LVPS Fan 24V DC Power Supply CN1 3 GND LVPS Fan Ground 24V 0V 0V 3 3V 0V 0V 0V 24V 0V 0V ...

Page 287: ... Data CN501 48 SCCMD SC PCB CN61 4 Control Command Signal CN501 49 SCRDY SC PCB CN61 5 Control Ready Signal CN501 50 ECSTS SC PCB CN61 6 Engine Status Signal CN501 51 ECRDY SC PCB CN61 7 Engine Ready Signal CN501 52 ECPRG SC PCB CN61 8 Program Download Data CN501 53 ECRST SC PCB CN61 9 Reset Signal CN501 54 ECDI1 SC PCB CN61 10 SC Data Input 1 Signal CN501 55 ECDO1 SC PCB CN61 11 SC Data Output 1 ...

Page 288: ... Y Data 0 CN501 61 NVDY1 SC PCB CN61 17 Y Data 1 CN501 62 NVDY2 SC PCB CN61 18 Y Data 2 CN501 63 NVDY3 SC PCB CN61 19 Y Data 3 CN501 64 NVDM0 SC PCB CN61 20 M Data 0 CN501 65 NVDM1 SC PCB CN61 21 M Data 1 CN501 66 NVDM2 SC PCB CN61 22 M Data 2 CN501 67 NVDM3 SC PCB CN61 23 M Data 3 CN501 68 NVDC0 SC PCB CN61 24 C Data 0 EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V ...

Page 289: ...SC PCB CN61 31 K Data 3 CN501 76 DCLKY SC PCB CN61 32 Y Data Clock CN501 77 DCLKM SC PCB CN61 33 M Data Clock CN501 78 DCLKC SC PCB CN61 34 Data Clock C CN501 79 DCLKK SC PCB CN61 35 K Data Clock CN501 80 HSYNCY SC PCB CN61 36 Y Horizontal Synchronized Signal CN501 81 HSYNCM SC PCB CN61 37 M Horizontal Synchronized Signal EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 3 3V 0V 3 3V ...

Page 290: ...CB CN61 43 K Vertical Synchronized Signal CN501 88 GND SC PCB CN61 44 Ground EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN502 1 LDFUIN Fuser Enter Sensor Fuser Entrance Sensor Power Supply CN502 2 GND_1 Fuser Enter Sensor Ground CN502 3 nFUINSN Fuser Enter Sensor Fuser Entrance Sensor Signal CN502 4 LDPR1 Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 1 Pressure Roller Sensor 1 Power Supply CN5...

Page 291: ...N502 11 GND_4 Fuser Roller Rotating Encoder 2 Ground CN502 12 FUROTSN2 Fuser Roller Rotating Encoder 2 Fuser Rotor Sensor 2 CN502 13 LDPR2 Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 2 Pressure Roller Sensor 2 Power Supply CN502 14 GND_5 Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 2 Ground CN502 15 nPRSN2 Fuser Pressure Release Sensor 2 Pressure Roller Sensor 2 CN502 16 N C No Connection CN502 17 GND_6 Belt Home Position Sen...

Page 292: ...e Sensor 1 CN502 24 LDIHC2 IH Core Sensor 2 IH Core Sensor 2 Power Supply CN502 25 GND_8 IH Core Sensor 2 Ground CN502 26 nIHCSN2 IH Core Sensor 2 IH Core Sensor 2 CN502 27 TH1A Thermistor 1 Thermistor 1 A CN502 28 TH1B Thermistor 1 Thermistor 1 B CN502 29 TH2A Thermistor 2 Thermistor 2 A CN502 30 TH2B Thermistor 2 Thermistor 2 B CN502 31 TH3A Thermistor 3 Thermistor 3 A EC PCB Pin No Signal Name ...

Page 293: ... C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN503 1 24VM_1 Bottle Motor Y 24V DC Power Supply CN503 2 nBTM_Y Bottle Motor Y Bottle Motor Y Activation Signal CN503 3 24VM_2 Bottle Motor M 24V DC Power Supply CN503 4 nBTM_M Bottle Motor M Bottle Motor M Activation Signal CN503 5 24VM_3 Bottle Motor C 24V DC Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal...

Page 294: ...d CN503 12 BLSN_M Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_M Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal M CN503 13 LDBL_C Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_C Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal C Power Supply CN503 14 GND_3 Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_C Ground CN503 15 BLSN_C Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_C Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signal C CN503 16 LDBL_K Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_K Bottle Motor Lock Detection Signa...

Page 295: ... FTR 2 Sensor Power Supply CN503 25 GND_6 FTR Cam Sensor 2 Ground CN503 26 nFTRSN2 FTR Cam Sensor 2 FTR 2 Sensor CN503 27 LDSTR1 STR Cam Sensor 1 STR 1 Sensor Power Supply CN503 28 GND_7 STR Cam Sensor 1 Ground CN503 29 nSTRSN1 STR Cam Sensor 1 STR 1 Sensor CN503 30 LDSTR2 STR Cam Sensor 2 STR 2 Sensor Power Supply CN503 31 GND_8 STR Cam Sensor 2 Ground EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal...

Page 296: ...4 C322 Series Only N C No Connection CN503 37 DP C405 Series Only nBTM_K Bottle Motor BK Bottle Motor K Activation Signal CN503 37 DP C354 C322 Series Only 24VM_4 Bottle Motor BK 24V DC Power Supply CN503 38 DP C405 Series Only N C No Connection CN503 38 DP C354 C322 Series Only nBTM_K Bottle Motor BK Bottle Motor K Activation Signal CN503 39 N C No Connection CN503 40 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin...

Page 297: ...D Discharge LED Y Power Supply 1 CN504 6 LD_ERS_Y2 Y_LED Discharge LED Y Power Supply 2 CN504 7 GND M_LED Ground CN504 8 nOPCNEW_ M M_LED New OPC Drum Detection Signal M CN504 9 LDOPC_M M_LED New OPC Drum Detection Sensor M Power Supply CN504 10 nERSLED_M M_LED Discharge LED M Activation Signal CN504 11 LD_ERS_M1 M_LED Discharge LED M Power Supply 1 CN504 12 LD_ERS_M2 M_LED Discharge LED M Power S...

Page 298: ...4 20 nERSLED_C C_LED Discharge LED C Activation Signal CN504 21 LD_ERS_C1 C_LED Discharge LED C Power Supply 1 CN504 22 LD_ERS_C2 C_LED Discharge LED C Power Supply 2 CN504 23 GND K_LED Ground CN504 24 nOPCNEW_K K_LED New OPC Drum Detection Signal K CN504 25 LDOPC_K K_LED New OPC Drum Detection Sensor K Power Supply CN504 26 nERSLED_K K_LED Discharge LED K Activation Signal EC PCB Pin No Signal Na...

Page 299: ...ion Signal CN504 32 24VF Mechanical Counter 1 24V DC Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN504 1 GND Y_LED Ground CN504 2 nOPCNEW_Y Y_LED New OPC Drum Detection Signal Y CN504 3 LDOPC_Y Y_LED New OPC Drum Detection Sensor Y Power Supply CN504 4 nERSLED_Y Y_LED Discharge LED Y Activation Signal CN504 5 LD_ERS_Y1 Y_LED Discharge LED Y Power Supply 1 CN504 6 LD...

Page 300: ...2 M_LED Discharge LED M Power Supply 2 CN504 13 GND C_LED Ground CN504 14 nOPCNEW_C C_LED New OPC Drum Detection Signal C CN504 15 LDOPC_C C_LED New OPC Drum Detection Sensor C Power Supply CN504 16 nERSLED_C C_LED Discharge LED C Activation Signal CN504 17 LD_ERS_C1 C_LED Discharge LED C Power Supply 1 CN504 18 LD_ERS_C2 C_LED Discharge LED C Power Supply 2 CN504 19 GND K_LED Ground EC PCB Pin No...

Page 301: ...otor IH Core Motor Phase A CN504 26 nIHCM_B IH Core Motor IH Core Motor Phase B CN504 27 24VM IH Core Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN504 28 24VM IH Core Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN504 29 nIHCM_AB IH Core Motor IH Core Motor Phase AB CN504 30 nIHCM_BB IH Core Motor IH Core Motor Phase BB CN504 31 pFDOPSN Front Cover Detection Switch Open and Close Front Door Detection CN504 32 GND Front Cover Detecti...

Page 302: ...ion CN505 1 24VM_1 Paper Feed Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN505 2 24VM_2 Paper Feed Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN505 3 PGND_1 Paper Feed Motor Power Ground CN505 4 PGND_2 Paper Feed Motor Power Ground CN505 5 nPFMENB Paper Feed Motor Paper Feed Motor Enable CN505 6 PFMCLK Paper Feed Motor Paper Feed Motor Clock CN505 7 PFMGAIN Paper Feed Motor Paper Feed Motor Gain Switch CN505 8 nPFMRDY Paper Feed M...

Page 303: ... Motor 1 Power Ground CN506 4 PGND_2 Drum Motor 1 Power Ground CN506 5 nOPC1ENB Drum Motor 1 OPC Motor 1 Enable CN506 6 OPC1CLK Drum Motor 1 OPC Drum Unit Motor 1 Clock CN506 7 OPC1GAIN Drum Motor 1 OPC Drum Unit Motor 1 Gain CN506 8 nOPC1RDY Drum Motor 1 OPC Motor 1 Lock Detection CN506 9 OPC1DIR Drum Motor 1 OPC Drum Unit Motor 1 Rotation Direction Switch CN506 10 GND_1 Drum Motor 1 Ground EC PC...

Page 304: ...6 17 nSTACKFULS N Inner Upper Limit Sensor Inner Upper Limit Sensor Signal EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN507 1 24VM_1 Developer Motor 2 24V DC Power Supply CN507 2 24VM_2 Developer Motor 2 24V DC Power Supply CN507 3 PGND_1 Developer Motor 2 Power Ground CN507 4 PGND_2 Developer Motor 2 Power Ground CN507 5 nDEV2ENB Developer Motor 2 Developer Motor 2 Enable EC P...

Page 305: ... 11 DP C405 Series Only GND_2 Developer Motor 2 Ground CN507 11 DP C354 C322 Series Only 5V_1 Developer Motor 2 5V DC Power Supply CN507 12 N C No Connection CN507 13 24VM_3 Drum Motor 2 24V DC Power Supply CN507 14 24VM_4 Drum Motor 2 24V DC Power Supply CN507 15 PGND_3 Drum Motor 2 Ground CN507 16 PGND_4 Drum Motor 2 Ground CN507 17 nOPC2ENB Drum Motor 2 OPC Motor 2 Enable EC PCB Pin No Signal N...

Page 306: ... CN507 22 DP C354 C322 Series Only GND_2 Drum Motor 2 Ground CN507 23 DP C405 Series Only GND_4 Drum Motor 2 Ground CN507 23 DP C354 C322 Series Only 5V_2 Drum Motor 2 5V DC Power Supply CN507 24 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN508 1 nTRUENB TRU PCB CN611 13 Transfer Roller Unit Serial Interface Enable CN508 2 TRUMCLK TRU PCB CN611 12 Motor Clock ...

Page 307: ... 6 Power Ground CN508 9 PGND_2 TRU PCB CN611 5 Power Ground CN508 10 24VM_1 TRU PCB CN611 4 24V DC Power Supply CN508 11 24VM_2 TRU PCB CN611 3 24V DC Power Supply CN508 12 GND_1 TRU PCB CN611 2 Ground CN508 13 5V_1 TRU PCB CN611 1 5V DC Power Supply CN508 14 N C No Connection CN508 15 N C No Connection CN508 16 nZCROS IH PCB CN6 12 Zero Cross Input EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Wav...

Page 308: ...IH PCB CN6 5 IH Enable CN508 22 IHPWR IH PCB CN6 4 IH Power PWM Output CN508 23 5V_2 IH PCB CN6 3 5V DC Power Supply CN508 24 GND_2 IH PCB CN6 2 Ground CN508 25 GND_3 IH PCB CN6 1 Ground CN508 26 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN508 1 nTRUENB TRU PCB CN611 13 Transfer Roller Unit Serial Interface Enable CN508 2 TRUMCLK TRU PCB CN611 12 Motor Clock ...

Page 309: ... 8 PGND_1 TRU PCB CN611 6 Power Ground CN508 9 PGND_2 TRU PCB CN611 5 Power Ground CN508 10 24VM_1 TRU PCB CN611 4 24V DC Power Supply CN508 11 24VM_2 TRU PCB CN611 3 24V DC Power Supply CN508 12 GND_1 TRU PCB CN611 2 Ground CN508 13 5V_1 TRU PCB CN611 1 5V DC Power Supply CN508 14 nZCROS IH PCB CN6 12 Zero Cross Input CN508 15 IHADO IH PCB CN6 11 IH AD Converter Date Input EC PCB Pin No Signal Na...

Page 310: ... PCB CN6 6 IH AD Converter Chip Select CN508 21 pIHENB IH PCB CN6 5 IH Enable CN508 22 IHPWR IH PCB CN6 4 IH Power PWM Output CN508 23 5V_2 IH PCB CN6 3 5V DC Power Supply CN508 24 GND_2 IH PCB CN6 2 Ground CN508 25 GND_3 IH PCB CN6 1 Ground CN508 26 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN509 1 FUMREF MOTDRV PCB CN550 16 Fuser Motor Reference EC PCB Pin ...

Page 311: ...CN550 10 Motor Driver Serial Driver Enable CN509 8 nRSTMO MOTDRV PCB CN550 9 Motor Driver Serial Driver Reset CN509 9 MOTSICLK MOTDRV PCB CN550 8 Motor Driver Serial Clock CN509 10 MOTLT MOTDRV PCB CN550 7 Motor Driver Serial Latch CN509 11 GND_1 MOTDRV PCB CN550 6 Ground CN509 12 5V_1 MOTDRV PCB CN550 5 5V DC Power Supply CN509 13 PGND_1 MOTDRV PCB CN550 4 Power Ground CN509 14 PGND_2 MOTDRV PCB ...

Page 312: ...er Fan Pressure Roller Fan Activation Signal CN510 4 nIHDFCNT IH Driver Fan IH Driver Fan Activation Signal CN510 5 nIHDFRDY IH Driver Fan IH Driver Fan Lock Detection CN510 6 24VF_1 IH Driver Fan 24V DC Power Supply CN510 7 PGND_2 IH Driver Fan Power Ground CN510 8 nTBFCNT Toner Bottle Fan Toner Bottle Fan Activation Signal CN510 9 nTBFRDY Toner Bottle Fan Toner Bottle Lock Detection CN510 10 24V...

Page 313: ... Cover Detection Switch Ground EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN511 1 24VM_1 Developer Motor 1 24V DC Power Supply CN511 2 24VM_2 Developer Motor 1 24V DC Power Supply CN511 3 PGND_1 Developer Motor 1 Power Ground CN511 4 PGND_2 Developer Motor 1 Power Ground CN511 5 nDEV1ENB Developer Motor 1 Developer Motor 1 Enable CN511 6 DEV1CLK Developer Motor 1 Developer Moto...

Page 314: ...er Supply CN511 12 24VM Belt Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN511 13 24VM Belt Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN511 14 PGND Belt Motor Power Ground CN511 15 PGND Belt Motor Power Ground CN511 16 nCBTMENB Belt Motor Belt Motor Enable CN511 17 CBTMCLK Belt Motor Belt Motor Clock CN511 18 CBTMGAIN Belt Motor Belt Motor Gain CN511 19 nCBTMRDY Belt Motor Belt Motor Lock Detection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destin...

Page 315: ...r 5V DC Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN512 1 5VSW_1 Door Switch 5V DC Switching Power Supply CN512 2 N C No Connection CN512 3 5VSW_2 Door Switch 5V DC Switching Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN513 1 PGND_1 HVPS Power Ground CN513 2 24VM_1 HVPS 24V DC Power Supply CN513 3 nHVEN_YM HVPS High Voltage Power S...

Page 316: ... Serial Data Latch Signal YM CN513 10 C_CLK_YM HVPS Bias Charge AC Output Clock YM CN513 11 PGND_2 HVPS Power Ground CN513 12 24VM_2 HVPS 24V DC Power Supply CN513 13 nHVEN_CK HVPS High Voltage Power Supply Output Control Signal CK CN513 14 D_CLK_nCK HVPS Bias Charge AC Output Clock CK CN513 15 D_CLK_CK HVPS Bias Charge AC Output Clock CK CN513 16 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destin...

Page 317: ...EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN514 1 PGND_1 HVPS2 Power Ground CN514 2 24VM_1 HVPS2 24V DC Power Supply CN514 3 nSTRLK HVPS2 STR Leak Signal CN514 4 nHVEN_T HVPS2 High Voltage Power Supply Output Enabling Signal T CN514 5 STRMON HVPS2 STR Current Monitor CN514 6 N C No Connection CN514 7 N C No Connection CN514 8 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destina...

Page 318: ...m Function CN514 1 PGND_1 HVPS2 Power Ground CN514 2 24VM_1 HVPS2 24V DC Power Supply CN514 3 nSTRLK HVPS2 STR Leak Signal CN514 4 nHVEN_T HVPS2 High Voltage Power Supply Output Enabling Signal T CN514 5 STRMON HVPS2 STR Current Monitor CN514 6 FTRMON_K HVPS2 FTR Voltage Monitor K CN514 7 FTRMON_C HVPS2 FTR Voltage Monitor C CN514 8 FTRMON_M HVPS2 FTR Voltage Monitor M EC PCB Pin No Signal Name De...

Page 319: ... CN5 5 24V DC Power Supply CN515 2 PGND_1 LSU CN5 4 Power Ground CN515 3 nPMCNT LSU CN5 3 Polygon Motor Activation Signal CN515 4 nPMRDY LSU CN5 2 Polygon Motor Lock Detection CN515 5 PMCLK LSU CN5 1 Polygon Motor Clock EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN516 1 DP C405 Series Only GND_1 LSU CN1 22 Laser Gain C K CN516 1 DP C354 C322 Series Only GAIN_K LSU CN1 22 Laser ...

Page 320: ...CN516 6 nHSYNC_Y LSU CN1 17 Horizontal Synchronizing Signal Y M CN516 7 nMO_K LSU CN1 16 Laser Monitor K CN516 8 nMO_C LSU CN1 15 Laser Monitor C CN516 9 nMO_M LSU CN1 14 Laser Monitor M CN516 10 nMO_Y LSU CN1 13 Laser Monitor Y CN516 11 nSH_K LSU CN1 12 Laser Sample Hold Control K CN516 12 nSH_C LSU CN1 11 Laser Sample Hold Control C CN516 13 nSH_M LSU CN1 10 Laser Sample Hold Control M EC PCB Pi...

Page 321: ...d CN516 19 GND_1 LSU CN1 4 Ground CN516 20 GND_2 LSU CN1 3 Ground CN516 21 5V_LSU_1 LSU CN1 2 5V DC Power Supply for LSU CN516 22 5V_LSU_2 LSU CN1 1 5V DC Power Supply for LSU EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN517 1 GND_1 LSU CN2 12 Ground CN517 2 nDATA_K LSU CN2 11 Image Data K CN517 3 DATA_K LSU CN2 10 Image Data K EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Wavef...

Page 322: ...17 10 GND_4 LSU CN2 3 Ground CN517 11 nDATA_Y LSU CN2 2 Image Data Y CN517 12 DATA_Y LSU CN2 1 Image Data Y EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN518 1 GND_1 TDC_Y Ground CN518 2 TDCS_Y TDC_Y Toner Density Sensor Y CN518 3 24VF_1 TDC_Y 24V DC Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 0V 1 55V 1 2V 0 85v 1 55V 1 2V 0 85v 0V 1 55V 1 2V 0 8...

Page 323: ... 24V DC Power Supply CN518 10 TDCREF_M TDC_M Toner Density Sensor Reference M CN518 11 GND_4 TDC_M Ground CN518 12 TDCDT_M TDC_M Toner Density Sensor Connection Signal M CN518 13 PGND LSU Fan Power Ground CN518 14 nLSUTFRDY LSU Fan LSU Cooling Fan Lock Detection CN518 15 pLSUTFCNT LSU Fan LSU Cooling Fan Activation Signal CN518 16 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Wave...

Page 324: ...Ground CN518 23 TDCDT_C TDC_C Toner Density Sensor Connection Signal C CN518 24 GND_7 TDC_K Ground CN518 25 TDCS_K TDC_K Toner Density Sensor K CN518 26 24VF_4 TDC_K 24V DC Power Supply CN518 27 TDCREF_K TDC_K Toner Density Sensor Reference K CN518 28 GND_8 TDC_K Ground CN518 29 TDCDT_K TDC_K Toner Density Sensor Connection Signal K EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 0V...

Page 325: ... Bottle CN518 34 GND_9 WTS Ground EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN519 1 24V_1 LVPS CN3 6 24V DC Power Supply CN519 2 24V_2 LVPS CN3 5 24V DC Power Supply CN519 3 24V_3 LVPS CN3 4 24V DC Power Supply CN519 4 PGND_1 LVPS CN3 3 Power Ground CN519 5 PGND_2 LVPS CN3 2 Power Ground CN519 6 PGND_3 LVPS CN3 1 Ground EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Fun...

Page 326: ...VLSU_IN LVPS CN5 2 5V DC Power Supply CN520 7 5VP LVPS CN5 1 5V DC Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN521 1 LDSHT Shutter Detection Sensor Shutter Open and Close Detection Sensor Power Supply CN521 2 GND_1 Shutter Detection Sensor Ground CN521 3 nSHTSN Shutter Detection Sensor Open and Close Shutter Detection Sensor CN521 4 GND_2 Density Color Deviation S...

Page 327: ...Ground CN521 11 VOUT2C Color Deviation Sensor Image Level Diffusion Input CN521 12 CREG_OT_M Color Deviation Sensor Input Middle Registration Sensor CN521 13 CREG_LD_M Color Deviation Sensor Middle Registration Sensor LED Reference CN521 14 5V_2 Color Deviation Sensor 5V DC Power Supply CN521 15 N C No Connection CN521 16 GND_4 Density Color Deviation Sensor Ground CN521 17 N C No Connection CN521...

Page 328: ... Temperature Humidity Sensor Humidity Sensor CN521 24 5V_4 Temperature Humidity Sensor 5V DC Power Supply CN521 25 nSHTSOL Shutter Solenoid Shutter Solenoid CN521 26 24VF_1 Shutter Solenoid 24V DC Power Supply CN521 27 N C No Connection CN521 28 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN522 1 nPF1UPERS N ADU PCB CN400 12 Upper Limit Sensor 1 CN522 2 ADULD A...

Page 329: ...22 8 PGND_2 ADU PCB CN400 5 Power Ground CN522 9 24VM_1 ADU PCB CN400 4 24V DC Power Supply CN522 10 24VM_2 ADU PCB CN400 3 24V DC Power Supply CN522 11 GND_1 ADU PCB CN400 2 Ground CN522 12 5V_1 ADU PCB CN400 1 5V DC Power Supply CN522 13 pOHPSN ADU PCB CN400 24 OHP Sensor Signal CN522 14 pRRSN ADU PCB CN400 23 Registration Sensor Signal CN522 15 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destin...

Page 330: ...N C No Connection CN522 21 N C No Connection CN522 22 N C No Connection CN522 23 24VF ADU PCB CN400 14 24V DC Power Supply CN522 24 GND_1 ADU PCB CN400 13 Ground EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN522 1 pOHPSN ADU PCB CN400 16 OHP Sensor Signal CN522 2 pRRSN ADU PCB CN400 15 Registration Sensor Signal CN522 3 24VF ADU PCB CN400 14 24V DC Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Sig...

Page 331: ...K ADU PCB CN400 8 ADU Serial Clock CN522 10 ADUSIOUT ADU PCB CN400 7 ADU Serial Data Output CN522 11 PGND_1 ADU PCB CN400 6 Power Ground CN522 12 PGND_2 ADU PCB CN400 5 Power Ground CN522 13 24VM_1 ADU PCB CN400 4 24V DC Power Supply CN522 14 24VM_2 ADU PCB CN400 3 24V DC Power Supply CN522 15 GND_1 ADU PCB CN400 2 Ground CN522 16 5V_1 ADU PCB CN400 1 5V DC Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Signal Name D...

Page 332: ...r 1 Tray1 Ground CN524 3 Paper Tray Sensor 1 Tray1 Tray 1 Detection Sensor CN524 4 Paper Tray Sensor 2 Tray1 Tray 1 Sensor b Power Supply CN524 5 Paper Tray Sensor 2 Tray1 Ground CN524 6 nCSTSN1b Paper Tray Sensor 2 Tray1 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor Paper Tray Sensor Tray 1 CN524 7 LDCST2a Paper Tray Sensor 1 Tray2 Tray 2 Sensor a Power Supply CN524 8 GND_3 Paper Tray Sensor 1 Tray2 Ground CN524 9 nCST...

Page 333: ...C354 C322 Series Only N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN525 1 GND_2 CST PCB CN601 14 Ground CN525 2 GND_1 CST PCB CN601 14 Ground CN525 3 5V CST PCB CN601 13 5V DC Power Supply CN525 4 N C No Connection CN525 5 APFMCLK CST PCB CN601 12 APF Motor Clock CN525 6 APFSIIN CST PCB CN601 11 APF Serial Data Input CN525 7 APFLD CST PCB CN601 10 AFP Serial Lo...

Page 334: ...ound CN525 13 PGND_1 CST PCB CN601 4 Power Ground CN525 14 24VM_3 CST PCB CN601 3 24V DC Power Supply CN525 15 24VM_2 CST PCB CN601 2 24V DC Power Supply CN525 16 24VM_1 CST PCB CN601 2 24V DC Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN525 1 GND CST PCB CN601 14 Ground CN525 2 5V CST PCB CN601 13 5V DC Power Supply CN525 3 APFMCLK CST PCB CN601 12 APF Motor Clock...

Page 335: ...ial Data Output CN525 10 PGND_1 CST PCB CN601 5 Power Ground CN525 11 PGND_2 CST PCB CN601 4 Power Ground CN525 12 24VM_1 CST PCB CN601 3 24V DC Power Supply CN525 13 24VM_2 CST PCB CN601 2 24V DC Power Supply EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN526 1 24VF_1 Paper Feed RollerClutch Tray2 24V DC Power Supply CN526 2 nPFCL2 Paper Feed RollerClutch Tray2 Tray 2 Feed Clutc...

Page 336: ...ath Sensor Tray2 Paper Path Sensor 2 CN526 8 pULSN2 Upper Limit Sensor Tray2 Tray 2 Upper Limit of Paper Sensor CN526 9 GND_1 Paper Path Sensor Tray2 Ground CN526 10 GND_2 Upper Limit Sensor Tray2 Ground CN526 11 5V_3 NP Sensor Tray2 5V DC Power Supply CN526 12 nPESN2 NP Sensor Tray2 Tray 2 Paper Empty Sensor Signal CN526 13 GND_3 NP Sensor Tray2 Ground CN526 14 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Sig...

Page 337: ... Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor Ground CN527 6 nJAMSN Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor CN527 7 nRRCL Registration Clutch Registration Clutch CN527 8 24VM_1 Registration Clutch 24V DC Power Supply CN527 9 nPCRCL Intermediate Roller Clutch Intermediate Roller Clutch CN527 10 24VM_2 Intermediate Roller Clutch 24V DC Power Supply CN527 11 DP C405 Series Only nRRCR3 Interme...

Page 338: ...unction CN529 1 pFINISH_PO W LVS2 Finisher Power Supply CN529 2 GND_1 LVS2 Ground CN529 3 IPRXD Finisher Finisher Serial RXD CN529 4 GND_2 Finisher Ground CN529 5 IPTXD Finisher Finisher Serial TXD CN529 6 GND_3 Finisher Ground CN529 7 nFIN_SENS Finisher Finisher Sensor Signal CN529 8 DP C405 Series Only GND_4 Finisher Ground EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN530 1 2...

Page 339: ...CCTCNT Card Reader Card Counter Activation Signal CN530 7 N C No Connection EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN535 1 D 0 IPC Data Bus Bit 0 CN535 2 D 1 IPC Data Bus Bit 1 CN535 3 D 2 IPC Data Bus Bit 2 CN535 4 D 3 IPC Data Bus Bit 3 CN535 5 D 4 IPC Data Bus Bit 4 CN535 6 D 5 IPC Data Bus Bit 5 EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 24V 0V 0V 5V...

Page 340: ...it 2 CN535 12 A 3 IPC Address Bus Bit 3 CN535 13 A 4 IPC Address Bus Bit 4 CN535 14 A 5 IPC Address Bus Bit 5 CN535 15 A 6 IPC Address Bus Bit 6 CN535 16 A 7 IPC Address Bus Bit 7 CN535 17 nRD IPC Read CN535 18 nWR IPC Write CN535 19 nIPCCS IPC IPC Chip Select EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0...

Page 341: ...535 22 GND IPC Ground CN535 23 IPTXD IPC Finisher Serial TXD CN535 24 GND IPC Ground CN535 25 5V IPC 5V DC Power Supply CN535 26 5V IPC 5V DC Power Supply CN535 27 GND IPC Ground CN535 28 GND IPC Ground EC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 5V 0V 5V 0V 0V 5V 0V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 0V 0V ...

Page 342: ...CN CN707 14 FIFO Latch CN650 5 AFENB SCN CN707 13 FIFO Enable CN650 6 AFDOUT SCN CN707 12 FIFO Data In CN650 7 ARST SCN CN707 10 System Reset Signal CN650 8 ADFRRSN1 SCN CN707 9 Registration Sensor 1 Signal CN650 9 ADXSN SCN CN707 8 Inverting Path Sensor Detection Signal CN650 10 ARRSN2 SCN CN707 7 Registration Sensor 2 Signal 5V 0V Pluse 5V 0V Shift Load 5V 0V CLK 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V Pluse 5V 0V RE...

Page 343: ...N650 15 AMMCLK SCN CN707 2 ADF Main Motor Clock CN650 16 GND SCN CN707 1 Ground ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN650 1 N C No Connection CN650 2 GND SCN CN707 1 Ground CN650 3 AMMCLK SCN CN707 2 ADF Main Motor Clock CN650 4 APMCLK SCN CN707 3 ADF Paper Feed Motor Clock CN650 5 ARVCL1 SCN CN707 4 Inverting Clutch 1 Control Signal ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destinati...

Page 344: ...l CN650 10 ADFRRSN1 SCN CN707 9 Registration Sensor 1 Signal CN650 11 ARST SCN CN707 10 System Reset Signal CN650 12 N C No Connection ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN651 1 AFDOUT SCN CN707 12 FIFO Data In CN651 2 AFENB SCN CN707 13 FIFO Enable CN651 3 AFLTH SCN CN707 14 FIFO Latch ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 24V 0V OFF ON 24V 0...

Page 345: ... Sensor 1 Detection Signal CN652 3 5V Size Sensor 1 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN652 4 GND Size Sensor 2 3 Ground CN652 5 SIZE2SN Size Sensor 2 2 Original Size Sensor 2 Detection Signal CN652 6 5V Size Sensor 2 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN652 7 GND Size Sensor 3 3 Ground CN652 8 SIZE3SN Size Sensor 3 2 Original Size Sensor 3 Detection Signal ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 5V ...

Page 346: ...gnal Waveform Function CN652 1 N C No Connection CN652 2 GND Size Sensor 1 3 Ground CN652 3 SIZE1SN Size Sensor 1 2 Original Size Sensor 1 Detection Signal CN652 4 5V Size Sensor 1 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN652 5 GND Size Sensor 2 3 Ground CN652 6 SIZE2SN Size Sensor 2 2 Original Size Sensor 2 Detection Signal CN652 7 5V Size Sensor 2 1 5 VDC Power Supply ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal...

Page 347: ...gnal CN652 13 5V Size Sensor 4 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN652 14 N C No Connection ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN653 1 GND Registration Sensor 1 3 Ground CN653 2 PR1SN Registration Sensor 1 2 Registration Sensor 1 Signal CN653 3 5V Registration Sensor 1 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN653 4 GND Original Sensor 3 Ground ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform F...

Page 348: ...Inverting Sensor 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN654 4 GND Registration Sensor 2 3 Ground CN654 5 RR2SN Registration Sensor 2 2 Registration Sensor 2 Signal CN654 6 5V Registration Sensor 2 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN654 7 GND Registration Sensor 3 3 Ground CN654 8 RR3SN Registration Sensor 3 2 Registration Sensor 3 Signal CN654 9 5V Registration Sensor 3 1 5 VDC Power Supply ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destina...

Page 349: ...erting Sensor 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN654 5 GND Registration Sensor 2 3 Ground CN654 6 RR2SN Registration Sensor 2 2 Registration Sensor 2 Signal CN654 7 5V Registration Sensor 2 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN654 8 GND Registration Sensor 3 3 Ground CN654 9 RR3SN Registration Sensor 3 2 Registration Sensor 3 Signal CN654 10 5V Registration Sensor 3 1 5 VDC Power Supply CN654 11 N C No Connection 0V 5V 0V ...

Page 350: ...upply CN655 4 RR1CLCNT Registration Clutch 1 Registration Roller 1 Clutch Control Signal CN655 5 24VO1 Paper Feed Clutch 24 VDC Power Supply CN655 6 PFCLCNT Paper Feed Clutch Paper Feed Clutch Control Signal CN655 7 N C No Connection CN655 8 GND Door Sensor 3 Ground CN655 9 OPSN Door Sensor 2 ADF Cover Open Detection Signal CN655 10 5V Door Sensor 1 5 VDC Power Supply ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name De...

Page 351: ...nation Signal Waveform Function CN656 1 24VO1 Registration Clutch 2 24 VDC Power Supply CN656 2 RR2CLCNT Registration Clutch 2 Registration Roller 2 Clutch Control Signal CN656 3 24VO1 Registration Clutch 1 24 VDC Power Supply CN656 4 RR1CLCNT Registration Clutch 1 Registration Roller 1 Clutch Control Signal ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN658 1 24VO1 Stamp 24 VDC...

Page 352: ...1 Slow Down Clutch 24 VDC Power Supply CN659 2 SDCLCNT Slow Down Clutch Slow Down Clutch Control Signal CN659 3 24VO1 Inverting Clutch 1 24 VDC Power Supply CN659 5 24VO1 Inverting Clutch 2 24 VDC Power Supply CN659 4 SB1CLCNT Inverting Clutch 1 Inverting Clutch 1 Control Signal CN659 6 SB2CLCNT Inverting Clutch 2 Inverting Clutch 2 Control Signal CN659 7 N C No Connection ADF PCB Pin No Signal Na...

Page 353: ...659 4 24VO1 Inverting Clutch 2 24 VDC Power Supply CN659 5 SDCLCNT Slow Down Clutch Slow Down Clutch Control Signal CN659 6 SB1CLCNT Inverting Clutch 1 Inverting Clutch 1 Control Signal CN659 7 SB2CLCNT Inverting Clutch 2 Inverting Clutch 2 Control Signal CN659 8 N C No Connection ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN660 1 24VO1 Pinch Solenoid 24 VDC Power Supply ADF P...

Page 354: ...erting Solenoid Inverting Solenoid Control 2 Signal ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN661 1 PMA Paper Feed Motor 11 Paper Feed Motor A Signal CN661 2 24VO1 Paper Feed Motor 9 24 VDC Power Supply CN661 3 PMAB Paper Feed Motor 7 Paper Feed Motor AB Signal CN661 4 PMB Paper Feed Motor 5 Paper Feed Motor B Signal CN661 5 24VO1 Paper Feed Motor 3 24 VDC Power Supply ADF ...

Page 355: ...tor 5 ADF Main Motor B Signal CN661 11 24VO1 ADF Main Motor 3 24 VDC Power Supply CN661 12 MMBB ADF Main Motor 1 ADF Main Motor BB Signal ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN661 1 N C No Connection CN661 2 PMA Paper Feed Motor 11 Paper Feed Motor A Signal CN661 3 24VO1 Paper Feed Motor 9 24 VDC Power Supply CN661 4 PMAB Paper Feed Motor 7 Paper Feed Motor AB Signal AD...

Page 356: ... 24VO1 ADF Main Motor 9 24 VDC Power Supply CN661 10 MMAB ADF Main Motor 7 ADF Main Motor AB Signal CN661 11 MMB ADF Main Motor 5 ADF Main Motor B Signal CN661 12 24VO1 ADF Main Motor 3 24 VDC Power Supply CN661 13 MMBB ADF Main Motor 1 ADF Main Motor BB Signal CN661 14 N C No Connection ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN662 1 GND SCN CN708 9 Ground ADF PCB Pin No S...

Page 357: ...ly CN662 6 PGND SCN CN708 4 Ground CN662 7 PGND SCN CN708 3 Ground CN662 8 24VO1 SCN CN708 2 24 VDC Power Supply CN662 9 24VO1 SCN CN708 1 24 VDC Power Supply ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN662 1 N C No Connection CN662 2 24VO1 SCN CN708 1 24 VDC Power Supply CN662 3 24VO1 SCN CN708 2 24 VDC Power Supply ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Func...

Page 358: ... SCN CN708 6 5 VDC Power Supply CN662 8 5VP SCN CN708 7 5 VDC Power Supply CN662 9 ORGSN SCN CN708 8 Original Sensor Detection Signal CN662 10 GND SCN CN708 9 Ground CN662 11 N C No Connection CN662 12 N C No Connection CN662 13 N C No Connection ADF PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 0V 0V 5V 5V 5V 5V 0V Detected Not Detected 0V ...

Page 359: ...round CN702 4 GND LVPS CN7 4 Ground CN702 5 24V LVPS CN7 5 24V DC Power Supply CN702 6 24V LVPS CN7 6 24V DC Power Supply CN702 7 MGND LVPS CN7 7 Power Ground CN702 8 MGND LVPS CN7 8 Power Ground SNC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN703 1 nSCNMA Scan Motor Scan Motor Control A CN703 2 24VS Scan Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN703 3 nSCNMAB Scan Motor Scan Motor Control A 5...

Page 360: ...nation Signal Waveform Function CN704 1 24VS Inverter 24V DC Power Supply CN704 2 24VS Inverter 24V DC Power Supply CN704 3 nLPCNT Inverter Inverter Drive Control Signal CN704 4 nLPCNT Inverter Inverter Drive Control Signal CN704 5 MGND Inverter Power Ground CN704 6 MGND Inverter Power Ground SNC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN709 1 GND SC PCB CN51 15 Ground SNC PCB ...

Page 361: ... PCB CN51 9 Control Program Download CN709 8 nPRST SC PCB CN51 8 HST Reset CN709 9 nSREQ SC PCB CN51 7 Scanner Request Signal CN709 10 nSENTIM SC PCB CN51 6 Image Sent Signal CN709 11 nVEN SC PCB CN51 5 Vertical Enable Signal CN709 12 nSACK SC PCB CN51 4 Scanner Acknowledge Signal CN709 13 nVREQ SC PCB CN51 3 Vertical Request Signal CN709 14 nSHIN SC PCB CN51 2 Shading Interrupt Signal SNC PCB Pin...

Page 362: ...nal Size 2 Sensor CN710 4 5TV Original Size Sensor 5V DC Power Supply CN710 5 GND Original Size Sensor Ground CN710 6 5TV Original Size Sensor 5V DC Power Supply CN710 7 nORSIZIN3 Original Size Sensor Original Size 3 Sensor CN710 8 GND Original Size Sensor Ground CN710 9 5TV Original Size Sensor 5V DC Power Supply CN710 10 nORSIZIN4 Original Size Sensor Original Size 4 Sensor CN710 11 GND Original...

Page 363: ...r Platen Angle Sensor CN710 17 GND Platen Angle Sensor Ground CN710 18 5TV Platen Cover Sensor 5V DC Power Supply CN710 19 nPCSN Platen Cover Sensor Platen Angle Sensor CN710 20 GND Platen Cover Sensor Ground SNC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN713 1 CCDF LOCK CCD FAN Signal Lock CN713 2 MGND CCD FAN Power Ground CN713 3 nCCDF_CNT CCD FAN Control CCD Fan SNC PCB Pin N...

Page 364: ...2 Series Only SNC PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CNP713 1 CCDF LOCK CCD FAN Signal Lock CNP713 2 MGND CCD FAN Power Ground CNP713 3 nCCDF_CNT CCD FAN Control CCD Fan CNP713 4 pLPF_CNT_2 Lamp Inverter Control lamp Fan 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V ...

Page 365: ...CD Output Green Even Signal CN852 6 GND CCD CN850 6 Ground CN852 7 GREEN_ODD CCD CN850 7 CCD Output Green Odd Signal CN852 8 GND CCD CN850 8 Ground CN852 9 RED_EVEN CCD CN850 9 CCD Output Red Even Signal CN852 10 GND CCD CN850 10 Ground CN852 11 RED_ODD CCD CN850 11 CCD Output Red Odd Signal offset level 4 4V 6 4V CCD video signal 0V 0V offset level 4 4V 6 4V CCD video signal 0V 0V offset level 4 ...

Page 366: ...5 VINODD _Green CCD CN850 5 CCD Output Green Odd Signal CN852 6 AGND CCD CN850 6 Analog Ground CN852 7 VINEVEN _Green CCD CN850 7 CCD Output Green Even Signal CN852 8 AGND CCD CN850 8 Analog Ground CN852 9 VINODD _Red CCD CN850 9 CCD Output Red Odd Signal CN852 10 AGND CCD CN850 10 Analog Ground AFE PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 0V offset level 2 8V 5V CCD video signa...

Page 367: ...C Power Supply CN853 4 10V CCD CN851 4 10V DC Power Supply CN853 5 GND CCD CN851 5 Ground CN853 6 ϕTG2 CCD CN851 6 Transfer Gate Clock 2 CN853 7 ϕ2 CCD CN851 7 Shift Register Clock 2 CN853 8 ϕTG1 CCD CN851 8 Transfer Gate Clock 1 CN853 9 ϕ1 CCD CN851 9 Shift Register Clock 1 CN853 10 ϕ2L CCD CN851 10 Last Stage Shift Register Clock 2 AFE PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function ...

Page 368: ...set Gate Clock CN853 16 3 3V CCD CN851 16 3 3V DC Power Supply CN853 17 GND CCD CN851 17 Ground CN853 18 GND CCD CN851 18 Ground CN853 19 5V CCD CN851 19 5V DC Power Supply CN853 20 5V CCD CN851 20 5V DC Power Supply AFE PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN853 1 AGND CCD CN851 1 Analog Ground CN853 2 AGND CCD CN851 2 Analog Ground AFE PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Si...

Page 369: ...lock 2 CN853 9 N C No Connection CN853 10 ϕCP CCD CN851 10 Reset Feed Through Level Clamp Clock CN853 11 ϕR CCD CN851 11 Reset Gate Clock CN853 12 ϕ2L CCD CN851 12 Last Stage Shift Register Clock CN853 13 ϕ2 CCD CN851 13 Shift Register Clock 2 CN853 14 ϕ1 CCD CN851 14 Shift Register Clock 1 CN853 15 GND CCD CN851 15 Ground AFE PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 10V 0V 10V ...

Page 370: ...Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN854 1 GND SC PCB CN56 1 Ground CN854 2 D0 SC PCB CN56 2 Digital Video Data D0 CN854 3 D0 SC PCB CN56 3 Digital Video Data D0 CN854 4 GND SC PCB CN56 4 Ground CN854 5 D1 SC PCB CN56 5 Digital Video Data D1 CN854 6 D1 SC PCB CN56 6 Digital Video Data D1 CN854 7 GND SC PCB CN56 7 Ground AFE PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function ...

Page 371: ...5 TXOUT0 SC PCB CN56 5 Digital Video Data TXOUT0 CN854 6 TXOUT3 SC PCB CN56 6 Digital Video Data TXOUT3 CN854 7 GND SC PCB CN56 7 Ground CN854 8 TXOUT3 SC PCB CN56 8 Digital Video Data TXOUT3 CN854 9 TXOUT1 SC PCB CN56 9 Digital Video Data TXOUT1 CN854 10 GND SC PCB CN56 10 Ground CN854 11 TXOUT1 SC PCB CN56 11 Digital Video Data TXOUT1 CN854 12 TXOUT4 SC PCB CN56 12 Digital Video Data TXOUT4 CN85...

Page 372: ...20 Digital Video Data Shift Clock CN854 21 TXCLK0OUT SC PCB CN56 21 Digital Video Data Shift Clock CN854 22 GND SC PCB CN56 22 Ground CN854 23 TXCLK0OUT SC PCB CN56 23 Digital Video Data Shift Clock CN854 24 BLUESCLK SC PCB CN56 24 Blue AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock BLUESCLK CN854 25 GND SC PCB CN56 25 Ground CN854 26 BLUESCLK SC PCB CN56 26 Blue AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clo...

Page 373: ...ister Clock CN854 33 ASICRCLK SC PCB CN56 33 Reserve Clock CN854 34 GND SC PCB CN56 34 Ground CN854 35 CCDASICLK SC PCB CN56 35 CCD ASIC System Clock CN854 36 REDSCLK SC PCB CN56 36 Green AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock REDSCLK CN854 37 CCDASICLK SC PCB CN56 37 CCD ASIC System Clock CN854 38 REDSCLK SC PCB CN56 38 Green AFE Serial Interface Shift Register Clock REDSCLK CN854 39 GND SC PC...

Page 374: ... CCD ASIC Output Enable Low Active CN855 6 GND SC PCB CN57 14 Ground CN855 7 CCDSDO SC PCB CN57 13 CCD ASIC Serial Interface Output Signal CN855 8 CCDSCLK SC PCB CN57 12 CCD ASIC Serial Interface Shift Register Clock CN855 9 CCDSDI SC PCB CN57 11 CCD ASIC Serial Interface Input Signal CN855 10 CCDSEN SC PCB CN57 10 CCD ASIC Serial Interface Enable High Active CN855 11 CCDPLLEN SC PCB CN57 9 CCD AS...

Page 375: ...CB CN57 3 AFE Serial Interface Input Signal CN855 18 AFESEN SC PCB CN57 2 AFE Serial Interface Enable High Active CN855 19 AFESDO SC PCB CN57 1 AFE Serial Interface Output Signal AFE PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN855 1 GND SC PCB CN57 1 Ground CN855 2 GND SC PCB CN57 2 Ground CN855 3 3 3V SC PCB CN57 3 3 3V DC Power Supply CN855 4 3 3V SC PCB CN57 4 3 3V DC Power Su...

Page 376: ...ip Enable CN855 10 pBLKCLP SC PCB CN57 10 Black Level Clamp Switch Signal CN855 11 SDIR SC PCB CN57 11 Red AFE Serial Interface Input Signal CN855 12 GND SC PCB CN57 12 Ground CN855 13 GND SC PCB CN57 13 Ground CN855 14 GND SC PCB CN57 14 Ground CN855 15 nCLPIN SC PCB CN57 15 Input Clamp Enable CN855 16 nCCDRST SC PCB CN57 16 CCD Board System Reset CN855 17 MASK2 SC PCB CN57 17 CCD Drive Control S...

Page 377: ...B CN57 23 5V DC Power Supply CN855 24 5V SC PCB CN57 24 5V DC Power Supply CN855 25 AGND SC PCB CN57 25 Analog Ground CN855 26 AGND SC PCB CN57 26 Analog Ground CN855 27 24V SC PCB CN57 28 24V DC Power Supply CN855 28 24V SC PCB CN57 28 24V DC Power Supply CN855 29 AGND SC PCB CN57 29 Analog Ground CN855 30 AGND SC PCB CN57 30 Analog Ground AFE PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Fu...

Page 378: ... Paper Guide Solenoid ADU Path Change Solenoid Control Signal CN401 5 24VM ADU Paper Guide Solenoid 24V DC Power Supply CN401 6 nPUSSORFU K ADU Paper Guide Solenoid ADU Path Change Solenoid Control Signal CN401 7 24VM 2way Ordinary Roller Clutch 24V DC Power Supply CN401 8 nSEITENCL 2way Ordinary Roller Clutch 2 Way Roller Clutch Control Signal CN401 9 24VM 2way Inverting Roller Clutch 24V DC Powe...

Page 379: ...o Connection ADU PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN403 1 PGND Right Cover Fan Power Ground CN403 2 nMEXFRDY Right Cover Fan Right Cover Fan Ready Signal CN403 3 MEXFAN Right Cover Fan Right Cover Fan Power Supply CN403 4 N C No Connection ADU PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN404 1 5V Paper Path Sensor 5V DC Power Supply CN404 2 GND Paper Pat...

Page 380: ...xit Sensor Fuser Exit Sensor Signal ADU PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN406 1 LDADUPP2 Paper Path Sensor ADU Path Sensor 2 Power Supply CN406 2 GND Paper Path Sensor Ground CN406 3 nADUPP2 Paper Path Sensor ADU Path Sensor 2 Signal CN406 4 LDADUDR Right Cover Open Sensor Right Sub Cover Sensor Power Supply CN406 5 GND Right Cover Open Sensor Ground CN406 6 nADUDRSN Ri...

Page 381: ... Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN407 1 N C No Connection CN407 2 GND RR OHPSN Ground CN407 3 pOHPSN RR OHPSN OHP Sensor Signal CN407 4 pRRSN RR OHPSN Registration Sensor Signal CN407 5 5V_RR RR OHPSN 5V DC Power Supply Signal for OHP Registration Sensor ADU PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN408 1 LDHFS1 Sheet Bypass Size Sensor 1 Sheet Bypass Width Se...

Page 382: ...eet Bypass Length Sensor Power Supply CN408 8 GND Sheet Bypass Size Length Sensor Ground CN408 9 nHFLSN Sheet Bypass Size Length Sensor Sheet Bypass Length Sensor Signal CN408 10 LDHFS3 Sheet Bypass Size Sensor 3 Sheet Bypass Width Sensor 3 Power Supply CN408 11 GND Sheet Bypass Size Sensor 3 Ground CN408 12 nHFSSN3 Sheet Bypass Size Sensor 3 Sheet Bypass Width Sensor 3 Signal ADU PCB Pin No Signa...

Page 383: ...Sensor Tray1 Tray 1 Paper Path Sensor Signal CN409 7 GND Paper Path Sensor Tray1 Ground CN409 8 5V Upper Limit Sensor Tray1 5V DC Power Supply CN409 9 nULSN1 Upper Limit Sensor Tray1 Tray 1 Upper Limit of Paper Sensor Signal CN409 10 GND Upper Limit Sensor Tray1 Ground CN409 11 5V NP Sensor Tray1 5V DC Power Supply CN409 12 nPESN1 NP Sensor Tray1 Tray 1 Paper Empty Sensor Signal CN409 13 GND NP Se...

Page 384: ... Sheet Bypass Tray Pickup Solenoid Sensor Signal CN410 5 24VM Paper Feed Roller Clutch Sheet Bypass 24V DC Power Supply CN410 6 24VM PickupRoller Solenoid Sheet Bypass 24V DC Power Supply CN410 7 nHFCL PickupRoller Solenoid Sheet Bypass Sheet Bypass Tray Paper Feed Clutch Sensor Signal ADU PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN411 1 LDHFS1 Feed Cover 2 Open Sensor Sheet Byp...

Page 385: ...12 1 GND Feed 1 Paper Path Sensor Ground CN412 2 nPPSNCST1 Feed 1 Paper Path Sensor Paper Path Sensor Signal CN412 3 5V Feed 1 Paper Path Sensor CN412 4 N C No Connection CN412 5 N C No Connection CN412 6 GND Regist Sensor Ground CN412 7 nRESSN2 Regist Sensor Registration Sensor Signal CN412 8 5V Regist Sensor 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V 0V 5V 0V 5V 0V ...

Page 386: ...ower Supply CN552 4 24VM STR Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN552 5 B STR Motor Sub Motor Phase B CN552 6 A STR Motor FTR STR Fuser Sub Motor Phase A MOTDRV PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN553 1 B FTR and LSU Shutter Motor Motor Phase B CN553 2 A FTR and LSU Shutter Motor Sub Motor Phase A CN553 3 24VM FTR and LSU Shutter Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN553 4 24VM FTR and LSU ...

Page 387: ...user Motor Sub Motor Phase B CN553 8 24VM Fuser Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN553 9 B Fuser Motor Motor Phase B CN553 10 A Fuser Motor Sub Motor Phase A CN553 11 24VM Fuser Motor 24V DC Power Supply CN553 12 A Fuser Motor FTR STR Fuser Sub Motor Phase A MOTDRV PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V ...

Page 388: ...Touch Position Signal Bottom CN1 3 X2 Touch Panel LCD Touch Position Signal Left CN1 4 Y1 Touch Panel LCD Touch Position Signal Top PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN2 1 D7 LCD Data CN2 2 D6 LCD Data CN2 3 D5 LCD Data CN2 4 D4 LCD Data CN2 5 VSS LCD Ground CN2 6 D3 LCD Data CN2 7 D2 LCD Data 3 3V 0V 3 3V 0V 3 3V PULSE 0V 3 3V PULSE 0V 3 3V PULSE 0V 3 3V PULSE 0V 0V...

Page 389: ...er Supply CN2 14 CL1 LCD Latch Signal CN2 15 VSS LCD Ground CN2 16 nDISPOFF LCD Display Off Signal CN2 17 VSS LCD Ground CN2 18 VCON LCD Contrast Compensation Voltage CN2 19 VSS LCD Ground CN2 20 FLM LCD Frame Signal PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 3 3V PULSE 0V 3 3V PULSE 0V 3 3V 0V 3 3V 0V 3 3V PULSE 0V 3 3V 0V 3 3V PULSE 0V 0V ON 3 3V 0V 0V 0V 3 3V PULSE 0V ...

Page 390: ...y Scan 3 Signal CN3 6 LED5 PNL3 PCB CN280 13 LED 5 Activation Signal CN3 7 SCN4 PNL3 PCB CN280 12 Key Scan 4 Signal CN3 8 LED4 PNL3 PCB CN280 11 LED 4 Activation Signal CN3 9 KIN0 PNL3 PCB CN280 10 Key Input Signal CN3 10 LED3 PNL3 PCB CN280 9 LED 3 Activation Signal CN3 11 5V PNL3 PCB CN280 8 5V DC Power Supply CN3 12 LED2 PNL3 PCB CN280 7 LED 2 Activation Signal CN3 13 5VP PNL3 PCB CN280 6 5V DC...

Page 391: ...aveform Function CN4 1 5V PNL2 PCB CN250 15 5V DC Power Supply CN4 2 LED6 PNL2 PCB CN250 14 LED 6 Activation Signal CN4 3 SCN0 PNL2 PCB CN250 13 Key Scan 0 Signal CN4 4 SCN1 PNL2 PCB CN250 12 Key Scan 1 Signal CN4 5 SCN2 PNL2 PCB CN250 11 Key Scan 2 Signal CN4 6 LED7 PNL2 PCB CN250 10 LED 7 Activation Signal CN4 7 SCN3 PNL2 PCB CN250 9 Key Scan 3 Signal PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Sign...

Page 392: ...al CN4 14 KIN3 PNL2 PCB CN250 2 Key Input Signal CN4 15 GND PNL2 PCB CN250 1 Ground PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN5 1 N C No Connection CN5 2 nFAXRING SC PCB CN58 14 Fax Received Detection Signal CN5 3 nWAKE SC PCB CN58 13 ADF Wake Up Signal CN5 4 nVCNTON SC PCB CN58 12 LED Contrast ON Signal PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 3 3V...

Page 393: ...N5 10 PNLRXD SC PCB CN58 6 PNL PCB RXD Data CN5 11 5V SC PCB CN58 5 5V DC Power Supply CN5 12 GND SC PCB CN58 4 Ground CN5 13 5VP SC PCB CN58 3 5V DC Power Supply CN5 14 GND SC PCB CN58 2 Ground CN5 15 24V SC PCB CN58 1 24V DC Power Supply PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN7 1 VINV INV Inverter Power Supply PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Fu...

Page 394: ... 2 Ground CN8 3 GND SC PCB CN59 3 Ground CN8 4 GND SC PCB CN59 4 Ground CN8 5 TXCLOCK SC PCB CN59 5 Clock Signal CN8 6 TXCLOCK SC PCB CN59 6 Clock Signal CN8 7 GND SC PCB CN59 7 Ground CN8 8 GND SC PCB CN59 8 Ground CN8 9 TXOUT2 SC PCB CN59 9 Digital Video Data TXOUT2 CN8 10 TXOUT2 SC PCB CN59 10 Digital Video Data TXOUT2 PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function 5V ON 0V 0V...

Page 395: ...N8 17 TXOUT0 SC PCB CN59 17 Digital Video Data TXOUT0 CN8 18 TXOUT0 SC PCB CN59 18 Digital Video Data TXOUT0 CN8 19 3 3V SC PCB CN59 19 3 3V DC Power Supply CN8 20 3 3V SC PCB CN59 20 3 3V DC Power Supply PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN9 1 POWSW Control Panel Power Switch Power Switch CN9 2 GND Control Panel Power Switch Ground PNL1 PCB Pin No Signal Name Destin...

Page 396: ...NL4 PCB CN290 5 Active LED Green Activation Signal CN11 3 nLEDALM2 1 PNL4 PCB CN290 4 Alarm 1 LED Orange Activation Signal CN11 4 nLEDALM1 PNL4 PCB CN290 3 Alarm LED Red Activation Signal CN11 5 nLEDALM2 2 PNL4 PCB CN290 2 Alarm 2 LED Orange Activation Signal CN11 6 nLEDDAT PNL4 PCB CN290 1 Print Data LED Green Activation Signal 5V 0V 5V ON 0V 5V ON 0V 5V ON 0V 5V ON 0V 5V ON 0V ...

Page 397: ...gnal Waveform Function CN132 1 LIVE IH 100 120 230V VAC Power Supply Live CN132 2 NEUTRAL IH 100 120 230V VAC Power Supply Neutral NFL PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN133 1 LIVE LVPS 100 120 230V VAC Power Supply Live CN133 2 N C No Connection CN133 3 NEUTRAL LVPS 100 120 230V VAC Power Supply Neutral NFL PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function CN1...

Page 398: ...398 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 CN134 2 NEUTRAL RLB PCB 100 120 230V VAC Power Supply Neutral NFL PCB Pin No Signal Name Destination Signal Waveform Function Live Neutral 0V ...

Page 399: ...399 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 3 31 LVPS LVPS CN1 Refer to NFL PC Board LVPS CN2 Refer to Optional LVPS LVPS CN3 Refer to EC PC Board LVPS CN4 LVPS CN5 Refer to EC PC Board ...

Page 400: ...400 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 LVPS CN6 LVPS CN7 Refer to SCN PC Board ...

Page 401: ...401 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 LVPS CN8 Europe Specification Only ...

Page 402: ...402 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 3 32 Optional LVPS Optional LVPS CN64 Optional LVPS CN65 Optional LVPS CN66 ...

Page 403: ...403 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 3 33 CST PC Board CST PCB CN601 Refer to EC PC Board CST PCB CN602 ...

Page 404: ...404 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 CST PCB CN603 CST PCB CN604 ...

Page 405: ...405 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 CST PCB CN605 ...

Page 406: ...406 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 ...

Page 407: ...407 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 CST PCB CN606 ...

Page 408: ...408 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 ...

Page 409: ...409 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 CST PCB CN607 ...

Page 410: ...410 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 CST PCB CN608 ...

Page 411: ...411 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 3 34 TRU PC Board TRU PCB CN611 Refer to EC PC Board TRU PCB CN612 ...

Page 412: ...412 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 TRU PCB CN613 ...

Page 413: ...413 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 3 35 RLB PC Board RLB PCB CN171 Refer to NFL PC Board RLB PCB CN172 RLB PCB CN173 ...

Page 414: ...414 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 RLB PCB CN176 ...

Page 415: ...tly Does the recording paper exit the unit Troubleshoot printed copy quality problems Troubleshoot the Document Feeder Check for recording paper path problems TroubleshootImproper LCDDisplay Troubleshoot any 3 digit CODE displayed Does the unit produce normal copies Troubleshoot communication problems transmission reception dialing polling information codes or diagnostic codes Does the unit power ...

Page 416: ...Replace the Low Voltage Power Supply Unit Is the trouble resolved Check connectors CN58 59 SC PCB and CN5 8 PNL1 PCB Is LED LCD displayed Does the display appear normal Replace the LCD Module Replace the Touch Panel Does CN58 pin 3 on the SC PCB measure 5 VDC Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No START END END ...

Page 417: ...ipes or Dots on the Printed Image Vertical Stripe Check OPC Drum Charge Developer Clean IT Belt STR Unit Cleaning Unit LSU Scanner Glass Mirror Lens Horizontal Stripe Cyclical Check the periodic pitch Clean the appropriated parts Replace the inoperative parts unit Print Test Pattern Check the Image Print Test Pattern END Check Clean Replace Diameter mm Pitch mm 1 Gently clean the soiled area only ...

Page 418: ...or Judge Level Slice level F6 235 Detection level for color document s in Auto Mode Copier Function Setting No 31 Color Judge Level setting is also available 1 Monochrome 4 Default 7 Color Combination with slice level and area 1 Slice Level Use for the light density color original Default 6 0 15 Color to Monochrome 2 Area Level Use for the small color area original Note Dust may be detected under ...

Page 419: ...djustment Not used for Monochrome and 2 Color copy Halftone step will decrease under high saturation Default 0 32 32 Higher to Lower Color Balance Ratio 0 10 5 default F6 241 Color Balance Magnification Ratio Adjustment for 1 Step Used for Color mode Y M C K Note Copier Function Setting No 15 Default 5 0 10 Smaller to Larger Tint Ratio 1 2 0 default F6 242 Tint Magnification Ratio Adjustment for 1...

Page 420: ... Yes Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier F1 Mode normal Copy Mode Sample Check the Scanner mechanism Refer to Section 2 2 2 No Yes 1 Adjust the Printer Registration Refer to Section 3 13 Is the ADF operating properly Check the ADF mechanism Refer to Section 2 2 1 No Yes 2 Perform F8 30 Color Registration for Color Document Refer to Section 3 13 4 A B C A B C A B C A B C ...

Page 421: ...operating properly Is the EC PCB operating properly Is the OPC Drum Developer Unit operating properly Replace the OPC Drum Developer Unit 1 Check all the connectors and voltages on the HVPS1 3 Replace two 2 HVPS1 Units 2 Check the high voltage terminal on the HVPS1 Yes No Yes Yes No No 1 Check all connectors and voltages on the EC PCB 2 Replace the EC PCB END Paper Travel Is the Test Pattern print...

Page 422: ...rom the laser beam path or clean the stains 2 Replace the LSU 1 Check all connectors and voltages on the EC PCB 2 Replace the EC PCB Yes No Paper Travel Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier F1 Mode normal 1 Check all the connectors on the SC PCB 2 Check the Scanner mechanism 3 Replace the SC PCB 4 Replace the AFE PCB 5 Replace the CCD Unit Yes Normal 1 Check all the connectors and voltages on th...

Page 423: ...stains blocking the Laser Beam path No Yes No Replace the Fuser Belt Unit Yes No Check the Scanner mechanism No Yes Yes Is the recording paper damp Is the Drum Developer Unit operating properly 1 Remove the particles from the laser beam path or clean the stains 2 Replace the LSU Is the Fuser belt surface clean Paper Travel P Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier F1 Mode normal ...

Page 424: ...equired as the White Balance Plate and the Glass L are glued together and therefore its not easy to remove or clean 3 Change the Value by 1 step at the time Ex Original Value is 0 change to 1 or 1 4 Exit the Service Mode 5 Make a copy of the Test Chart and confirm 6 If the vertical line s did not clear out repeat the above steps by increasing or decreasing the value Ex 2 2 3 or 3 Note The Shading ...

Page 425: ...Unit operating properly No Yes Is the Fuser Belt surface clean Is the recording paper damp No Yes Yes No Replace the recording paper Replace the Drum Developer Unit Replace the Fuser Belt Unit Paper Travel A A A A A Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier F1 Mode normal Is the IT Unit operating properly Check the IT mechanism ...

Page 426: ...oper Unit operating properly No Yes Yes No Replace the Drum Developer Unit Is the LSU operating properly No Yes Replace the LSU END No Yes Paper Travel P Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier F1 Mode normal Is the Fuser Belt surface clean Replace the Fuser Belt Unit Is the IT Unit operating properly Check the IT mechanism ...

Page 427: ...e LSU operating properly Yes Replace the LSU Yes No END No Yes Paper Travel P Is the Fuser Belt surface clean Replace the Fuser Belt Unit Is the IT Unit operating properly No Yes Check the IT mechanism Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier F1 Mode normal Is the HVPS operating properly 1 Check all connectors and voltages on the HVPS 2 Check the Spring Connector and voltages on the HVPS 3 Replace t...

Page 428: ...ly No Yes Is the recording paper damp Yes No Replace the recording paper Replace the Drum Developer Unit Is the HVPS operating properly 1 Check all connectors and voltages on the HVPS 2 Check the Spring Connector and voltages on the HVPS 3 Replace the HVPS Yes No END No Yes Paper Travel P Is the IT Unit operating properly Check the IT mechanism Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier F1 Mode normal...

Page 429: ...n the stains 2 Replace the LSU Refer to Section 2 2 12 Yes No Paper Travel Replace the Drum Developer Unit YMCK Colors Refer to Section 2 2 11 Is the HVPS operating properly 1 Check all connectors and voltages on the HVPS 2 Check the Spring Connector and voltages on the HVPS 3 Replace the HVPS a HVPS 1 Left side for Yellow Magenta b HVPS 1 Right side for Cyan Black c HVPS 2 for YMCK Colors Refer t...

Page 430: ...Replace the recording paper Replace the Drum Developer Unit Yes No No Yes Paper Travel P Is the HVPS operating properly 1 Check all connectors and voltages on the HVPS 2 Check the Spring Connector and voltages on the HVPS 3 Replace the HVPS Is the IT Unit operating properly Check the IT mechanism Is the Test Pattern printout in Copier F1 Mode normal Is the Fuser Belt surface clean Replace the Fuse...

Page 431: ... bond to the paper Note Replace the entire Fuser Unit when the Thermostat and or the Thermistor breakdown causing an open circuit fault No Yes No Yes P END START Is the recording paper damp Replace the recording paper Replace the Fuser Unit See Note Is the Fuser Unit operating properly ...

Page 432: ...No Yes Is the recording paper damp Replace the recording paper Is the Drum Developer Unit operating properly Yes No Replace the Drum Developer Unit P Paper Travel No Yes Is the IT Unit operating properly Check the IT mechanism Is the Fuser Belt surface clean Replace the Fuser Belt Unit ...

Page 433: ...ack Dots END No Yes START Is the Drum Developer Unit operating properly Yes No Replace the Drum Developer Unit P Paper Travel No Yes Is the IT Unit operating properly Check the IT mechanism Is the Fuser Belt surface clean Replace the Fuser Belt Unit ...

Page 434: ...particles or stains in the Fuser Unit 2 Replace the Fuser Belt Unit 1 Remove any foreign particles and or clean the stains Are there any foreign particles or stains in the paper path Yes No Remove any obstructions and or clean the paper path No Yes Is the recording paper skewing Ensure the paper is set correctly in the Paper Tray and that the Paper Guides are properly adjusted No Yes 3 Replace the...

Page 435: ...rm a receiving test with the reference fax unit Is the printed copy correct Yes No Make a local copy No Yes Check the connections of CN 56 57 on the SC PCB and the Scanning Lamp Is the received copy correct 1 Check CN352 353 on the FCB PCB 2 Check the Telephone Line Cord 3 Replace the FCB PCB Yes No Is a poor copy printed only when receiving from a specific transmitter Yes No Telephone line qualit...

Page 436: ...eplace with correct paper Replace with the Panasonic Toner Are all switches and sensors operating properly Do the rollers rotate properly Yes No Are there any foreign particles or paper pieces in the receiver unit Yes No Remove the foreign particles or paper pieces from the receiver unit 1 Check all rollers gears drive clutches and springs 2 Adjust or replace any defective parts Adjust clean or re...

Page 437: ...particles or paper pieces in the scanning area Yes No Remove the foreign particles or paper pieces from the scanning area No Yes Is the scanning area dirty 1 Clean the Scanning Glass 2 Clean Mirrors 1 and 2 No Yes Clean the Rollers Is the Scanner Block abnormal 1 Check the connectors on the SC PCB 2 Check the connectors on the CCD PCB 3 Replace the CCD Assembly 4 Replace the SC PCB Yes No ...

Page 438: ...rify the proper information Check the power switch cables and the current settings of unit Does the Default Gateway respond to the ping IP command Ask the Network Administrator to check the Default Gateway and system status Does the unit respond to the ping host name command Ask the Network Administrator to check the Default Gateway and system status Ask the Network Administrator to verify the POP...

Page 439: ... can trace the path and see where the problem is occurring In our case we use TCP IP for transportation of data from one system to another which involves a whole series of events occurring throughout a number of different layers As with all networking TCP IP works better when its plugged in therefore start your troubleshooting by checking the Physical Connectivity first the cable s In our examples...

Page 440: ...d with every Microsoft TCP IP client any DOS or Windows client with the TCP IP protocol installed PING is a simple utility that is used to send a test packet to a specified IP Address or Hostname then if everything is working properly the packet is echoed back returned Sample command line PINGing and parameters are shown below There are several available options that can be specified with the PING...

Page 441: ... 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 3 254 bytes 32 time 5ms TTL 253 Reply from 192 168 3 254 bytes 32 time 4ms TTL 253 Reply from 192 168 3 254 bytes 32 time 4ms TTL 253 Reply from 192 168 3 254 bytes 32 time 4ms TTL 253 C WINDOWS ping sv2 labo pcc com Pinging sv2 labo pcc com 192 168 1 2 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 2 bytes 32 time 5ms TTL 253 Reply from 192 168 1 2 bytes 32 time 5...

Page 442: ...mine whether a router is slow and needs to be upgraded or additional routers should be installed on the network You can determine this by simply comparing the time it takes for a packet to get through a particular router If its return time is significantly higher than the other routers it should be upgraded To use this utility from the DOS command line type tracert IP Address or Hostname Tracing t...

Page 443: ...at took only a single hop When another network is added as the number of hosts grows it gets complicated and the systems on the most distant networks cannot communicate When the router receives a packet in this case it cannot find a route to the remote network It then discards the packet and a message indicating destination host unreachable is sent to the originator Here is where the ROUTE command...

Page 444: ... A Address Record in Domain From the DOS command line type Is t A Domain Name to display the following output To leave from this menu type exit on the command line C WINDOWS route print Active Routes Network Address Netmask Gateway Address Interface Metric 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 192 168 3 254 192 168 3 2 1 127 0 0 0 255 0 0 0 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 1 192 168 3 0 255 255 255 0 192 168 3 2 192 168 3 2 1 192 1...

Page 445: ...ing up the Telnet screen Then click on the Terminal menu and on Preferences check the Local Echo and Block Cursor radio dials and click on the OK button Click on the Connect menu then click on Remote System Enter 25 in the Port field and click on Connect button For example C WINDOWS telnet telnet to ef1 labo pcc com 192 168 3 5 220 ef1 labo pcc com DP18xx V xx helo 250 Hello mail from test 250 Sen...

Page 446: ...fective U1 Close Front Cover 1 Front Cover is open 2 Front Cover Sensor is disconnected 3 Front Cover Sensor is defective 4 LVPS connector is disconnected 5 LVPS is defective 6 EC PCB connector is disconnected 7 EC PCB is defective U4 Close Finisher 1 Finisher is open 2 Paper is in the output bin 3 Stapler is empty 4 LVPS connector is disconnected 5 LVPS is defective 6 EC PCB connector is disconne...

Page 447: ... No Toner or Low Toner M U13 3 No Toner or Low Toner C U13 4 No Toner or Low Toner BK U14 Replace Toner Waste Container 1 Toner Waste Container is full See Section 9 18 U15 No Toner Waste Container 1 Toner Waste Container is not installed 2 Toner Waste Container Sensor is disconnected 3 Toner Waste Container Sensor is defective U16 No Developer Unit Y M C BK 1 Developer Unit is not installed U18 T...

Page 448: ...le Unit Cover is open 2 Saddle Cover Sensor is disconnected 3 Saddle Cover Sensor is defective U33 No Saddle Staple Unit 1 Staple Unit is not installed properly U34 Close Saddle Unit Front Cover 1 Saddle Unit Front Cover is open 2 Saddle Front Cover Sensor is disconnected 3 Saddle Front Cover Sensor is defective U35 Close Saddle Unit Exit Cover 1 Saddle Unit Exit Cover is open 2 Saddle Exit Cover ...

Page 449: ...ction and the 3 keys on the Control Panel Jam Sensor Location of Printer Paper Path Sensor Tray 4 1919 Paper Path Sensor Tray 3 1919 Paper Path Sensor Tray 2 1919 Paper Tray 4 Paper Tray 3 Paper Tray 2 Paper Tray 1 Sheet Bypass Paper Path Sensor Tray 1 1919 OHP Film Sensor 2110 ROHP PCB Optional Intermediate Roller Sensor 2130 Registration Sensor 1 2110 ROHP PCB Registration Sensor 2 1918 01 Fuser...

Page 450: ...tect paper within a predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roller starts rotating Paper Tray 1 DP C405 C305 3 The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor 1819 01 does not detect paper within a predetermined time after the Feed clutch is on as double feed timing Paper Tray 1 DP C405 C305 4 The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor 1819 01 does not detect paper within a predetermined time after the Paper Feed Roll...

Page 451: ...nsor 1819 01 detects paper before the Feed Roller starts rotating Paper Tray 1 2 DP C405 C305 J27 1 The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor 1819 01 detects paper before the start of initialization DP C405 Series 2 The Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor 1819 01 detects paper before the Feed Roller starts rotating Paper Tray 3 4 J28 The Option Intermediate Roller Jam Sensor 1819 03 detects paper before the s...

Page 452: ...Fuser Exit Paper Sensor 1819 32 is activated Inner Tray Paper Exit J44 The Inner Exit Sensor 1819 39 does not go Off within a predetermined time Inner Tray J45 1 The Inner Exit Sensor 1819 39 detects paper before the start of initialization Inner Tray 2 The Inner Exit Sensor 1819 39 detects paper before the Feed Roller starts rotating Inner Tray J50 The Paper Path Sensor 1819 21 Paper Transport Un...

Page 453: ...ensor 0 1819 38 does not go Off within a determined time J86 1 The ADU Paper Path Sensor 0 1819 38 detects paper before initialization 2 The ADU Paper Path Sensor 0 1819 38 detects paper before the Feed Roller starts rotating J87 1 The ADU Paper Path Sensor 1 1819 31 detects paper before initialization 2 The ADU Paper Path Sensor 1 1819 31 detects paper before the Feed Roller starts rotating J88 1...

Page 454: ...J93 The paper remained in the ADF J94 The ADF does not go Off after the predetermined time E1 Optical Unit Error Codes Code Function Contents Section Check Points E1 01 Abnormal Platen Glass Scanning The Home Position Sensor does not turn Off On within a predetermined time Scanner 1 Check the Home Position Sensor connector 2 Home Position Sensor is defective 3 Check the Scanner Motor connector 4 S...

Page 455: ... On or always Off LSU E1 65 Laser BK Error Laser BK is always On or always Off LSU E2 Lift DC Motor Error Codes Code Function Contents Section Check Points E2 01 Lift Motor Rotation 1st Paper Tray After the Lift Motor 1st Paper Tray turns On the Upper Paper Limit Sensor does not turn On within 20 sec Paper Tray 1 Check the Level Sensor connector 2 Level Sensor is defective 3 Lift Mechanism is defe...

Page 456: ...ned time 2 Toner Cartridge Fan keeps rotating after a predetermined time has lapsed Toner Cartridge Fan 1 Check the Fan connector 2 Fan is defective 3 Check the EC PCB connector CN510 4 EC PCB is defective E3 26 OPC Drum Motor 1 Rotation Y M C 1 The rotation of the OPC Drum Motor 1 Y M C is not being detected within a predetermined time 2 OPC Drum Motor 1 Y M C keeps rotating after a predetermined...

Page 457: ...K Drive Mechanism is defective 6 BK Developer Unit is defective E3 30 Feed Motor Rotation 1 The rotation of the Feed Motor is not being detected within a predetermined time 2 Feed Motor keeps rotating after a predetermined time has lapsed Feed Motor 1 Check the Motor connector 2 Motor is defective 3 Check the EC PCB connector 4 EC PCB is defective 5 Paper Feed Mechanism is defective 6 Paper Feed S...

Page 458: ...or E3 38 E3 38 STR Motor Rotation STR Motor is not rotating STR Motor E3 63 FTR Cam Position Error The FTR Cam Position Sensor is not actuating within a predetermined time FTR Cam Position detection value is abnormal FTR 1 Check the FTR Cam Motor connector 2 FTR Cam Motor is defective 3 Check the MOTDRV PCB connector 4 MOTDRV PCB is defective Check F4 5 Check the FTR Cam Sensor 1 or Sensor 2 conne...

Page 459: ...fective 7 IT Belt Motor is defective 8 EC PCB is defective Check F7 9 IT Belt Home Position mark is defective E3 85 Color Registration Sensor Right Calibration Error Color Registration Pattern Right is not being detected Color Registration 1 Check the Toner Registration Sensor Right connector 2 Toner Registration Sensor Right is defective 3 Check the EC PCB connector 4 EC PCB is defective Check F1...

Page 460: ...ation Error When F8 09 11 is performed the TDC Sensor output BK is abnormal TDC E3 94 IT Belt Color Density Reading is Abnormal Right IT Belt color registration density reading for Toner Registration Sensor Right is abnormal IT Belt IT Belt surface is scratched or contaminated with dirt E3 95 IT Belt Color Density Reading is Abnormal Left IT Belt color registration density reading for Toner Regist...

Page 461: ...tive Check F3 E4 05 Fuser Safety Timer IH Fuser is abnormal Fuser The Induction Heating IH unit stopped when the software failed to control the temperature within a certain range Turn the Power SW Off back On to Reset E4 11 Right Cover Fan Rotation 1 The rotation of the Right Cover Fan is not being detected within a predetermined time 2 Right Cover Fan keeps rotating after a predetermined time has...

Page 462: ...tance is higher than the predetermined value Fuser 1 Check the Thermistor TH2 connector 2 Thermistor TH2 is defective 3 Check the Fuser Unit Relay connector 4 Check the EC PCB connector CN502 5 EC PCB is defective E4 22 Thermistor TH3 Open Error DP C322 Series Thermistor TH3 output resistance is higher than the predetermined value Fuser 1 Thermistor TH3 is defective 2 Thermistor TH3 connector is d...

Page 463: ...disconnected 8 EC PCB is defective E4 27 Thermistor TH4 High Temperature Error Thermistor TH4 output resistance is lower than the predetermined value Higher than 190 C Fuser 1 Check the Thermistor TH1 connector 2 Thermistor TH1 is defective 3 Contact of Thermistor TH1 and Heater Belt is abnormal 4 Check the Thermistor TH4 connector 5 Thermistor TH4 is defective 6 Induction Heating IH PCB is defect...

Page 464: ...er 276 VAC Fuser The AC Input Voltage is too high Power Source is out of specification E4 46 Fuser Temperature Rising Error Abnormal increase in Fuser Temperature 1 Temperature rise for 10 sec is less than 5 C 2 Temperature rise for 1 min is less than 130 C 3 Temperature rise from 130 C for 2 min is less than 168 C 4 If Temperature is 20 C less than Fusing Temperature and does not rise within 1 mi...

Page 465: ...CB is defective 5 CONE PCB is defective E5 12 Scanner Engine Communication Abnormal Communication Error occurred between SCN and SC PCBs SCN SC PCB 1 Check the SCN PCB connector CN709 2 SCN PCB is defective 3 Check the SC PCB connector CN53 4 SC PCB is defective E5 13 Printer Engine Communication Abnormal During Initialization Communication Error occurred between SC CONE and EC PCBs CONE PCB 1 Che...

Page 466: ...DD is defective 4 SC PCB is defective E5 74 AFE PCB Abnormal 1 DP C405 Series Hardware on the AFE PCB is abnormal AFE PCB 1 AFE PCB is defective 2 SC PCB is defective 3 AFE Harness is defective 4 Check the AFE PCB connector CN855 5 Check the SC PCB connector CN57 E5 75 AFE PCB Abnormal 2 DP C405 Series Hardware on the AFE PCB is abnormal AFE PCB 1 AFE PCB is defective 2 SC PCB is defective 3 AFE H...

Page 467: ... 2 Staple Shift Motor is defective DA FS405 FS356 FS325 only E7 27 Finisher Tray Lift Motor Finisher Tray Lift Sensor does not turn Off On within a predetermined time Finisher 1 Check the Stack Tray Paper Height Detection Sensor or Paper Hold Lever Detection Sensor connectors 2 Stack Tray Paper Height Detection Sensor or the Paper Hold Lever Detection Sensor is defective 3 Check the Lift Motor con...

Page 468: ...hanical mechanism 5 Finisher Controller PCB is defective E7 53 Finisher Saddle Folding Sensor Saddle Folding Sensor does not detect the proper signal to correctly adjust the Folding position Finisher 1 Saddle Folding Sensor is defective 2 Finisher PCB is defective E7 54 Finisher Punch Communicati on Abnormal No response from Punch unit within a predetermined time Finisher 1 Finisher PCB is defecti...

Page 469: ...nisher 1 Front Aligning Home Position Sensor is defective 2 Front Aligning Motor is defective DA FS405 FS402 FS356 FS325 FS350 FS320 E7 62 Finisher Aligning Stapler Stapler Sensor detects Stapler Jam twice continuously Finisher 1 Staple Jammed in the Cartridge 2 Stapler Sensor is defective 3 Stapler Motor is defective E7 63 Finisher Backup RAM 1 Punch Data Error Backup RAM 1 Data on Punch PCB is a...

Page 470: ...ensor 1 Check the Paper Full Sensor connector 2 Paper Full Sensor is defective 3 EC PCB is defective 4 Service Mode F5 173 setting is OFF PCB Fuse REF Used Voltage Error Code when fused Possible Cause Fused ADF F2 24VS No stamp operation Stamp solenoid Harness short EC F1 5V E5 01 Interlock Harness short F2 5V E4 11 ADU_PCB 5V Harness short F3 24VM E2 02 2nd Tray lift up motor Harness short F4 24V...

Page 471: ...short SC F1 F2 F3 3 3V No LCD display LCD failure Harness short F4 24V Domestic version only Speaker is defective Pinched harness F5 3 3V Domestic version only VGB PCB failure Pinched harness F6 24V LCD_back Light OFF LCD Inverter failure Harness short F7 5V PNL no operation Workio display only PNL1 failure PNL3 failure Harness short F8 5V PNL no operation Workio display only PNL1 failure PNL3 fai...

Page 472: ...660 CN659 CN661 F2 ADF CN501 CN502 CN503 CN504 CN505 CN506 CN507 CN508 CN509 CN510 CN511 CN512 CN513 CN514 CN515 CN516 CN517 CN518 CN519 CN520 CN521 CN522 CN523 CN524 CN525 CN526 CN527 CN528 CN529 CN530 CN531 CN532 CN535 CN536 CN537 CN538 CN540 CN541 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 EC ...

Page 473: ... DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 MOTDRV PC Board ADU PC Board CNP550 CNP551 CNP553 CNP552 F1 F4 F3 F2 MOTDRV CN400 CN401 CN402 CN403 CN404 CN405 CN406 CN407 CN408 CN409 CN410 CN411 CN412 CN413 F1 F2 ADU ...

Page 474: ... CN703 CN706 CN707 CN708 CN709 CN710 CN711 CN713 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 SCN SC F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F10 F9 CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN8 CN9 CN10 CN11 CN12 CN13 CN14 CN51 CN52 CN53 CN55 CN56 CN57 CN58 CN59 CN61 CN63 CN64 CN65 CN66 CN67 CN68 CN69 CN78 CN85 CN87 CN92 CN93 CN94 CN98 CN99 ...

Page 475: ... DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 TRU PC Board CST PC Board DC12 PC Board CN613 CN611 CN612 F1 TRU CN601 CN602 CN603 CN604 CN605 CN606 CN607 CN608 CN609 F2 F1 F3 CST CN141 CN142 CN145 CN143 CN144 F1 DC12 ...

Page 476: ...476 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 FCB PC Board CN360 CN359 CN353 CN352 F902 F903 F901 CN357 CN355 CN361 CN354 CN356 F601 F602 FCB ...

Page 477: ...1 XMT B DCN was returned from receiver while transmitter is waiting for CFR or FTT Your machine s ID Number is not programmed Possible incompatibility or incorrect Password Password Reception Selective Receive Mailbox is full 402 XMT B DCN was returned from receiver while transmitter is waiting for NSF DIS Receiver working in non CCITT mode only Possible incompatibility 403 RCV Polling B Transmitt...

Page 478: ...fective 414 RCV Polling B No response received after transmitting 3rd NSC Password does not match between the transmitter and the receiver Transmitter is defective No original document jam etc 415 XMT Polling B Remote side attempted to receive message from your machine in polling communication Inform the remote side that your machine does not have the polling transmission feature 416 RCV D Receive...

Page 479: ...is defective 495 XMT RCV C During reception CD turned OFF or continued ON for long time During communication lost loop current Line is disconnected Transmitter is defective FCB PCB is defective 496 XMT C CS of modem is not able to turn ON FCB PCB is defective 501 XMT RCV V 34 B Incompatible Modem on the Remote unit 502 XMT RCV V 34 B C D During reception CD turned OFF or continued ON for long time...

Page 480: ...ved the original from the ADF after dialing was completed Original was not set properly in the ADF 630 XMT or RCV Polling B Redial count over No dial tone detected Sensor dial tone is not detected Country dependent Busy tone is detected Country dependent T1 timer 35 5 sec elapsed without a signal from the receiver 634 XMT Redial count over with no response or busy tone was not detected Note U S A ...

Page 481: ... DNS Server address is set DNS Server is down 726 XMT POP LAN Received an error response from the DNS Server Incorrect POP Server address is set Incorrect SMTP Server address is set 728 XMT LAN Received an Error or No Response from the Remote Internet Fax SMTP Direct XMT Remote Internet Fax Errors Memory Overflow or No Power Retry is not possible 729 XMT LAN Failed to authenticate SMTP AUTHENTICAT...

Page 482: ...r to a matching ID code or uncheck the Department Code check box in the Fax Driver 870 XMT Polling PSTN Memory overflow occurred while storing documents into memory 871 TX RX PSTN File number overflow occurred 872 RX PSTN Mail box overflow occurred for receiving 873 RX PSTN File append error 875 RX PSTN Receiving Page error SC PCB is defective 880 File Access Error 881 TX RX No file found or no pa...

Page 483: ...r Code Not used defined Fax Diagnostic Codes Data Definition Manufacturer Code 0 1 Casio 2 Canon 3 Sanyo 4 Sharp 5 Tamura 6 Toshiba 7 NEC 8 Oki 9 Hitachi A Xerox B Fujitsu C Matsushita D Mitsubishi E Murata F Ricoh JOURNAL DATE MMM dd yyyy TIME 09 39 NO COMM PAGES FILE DURATION X R IDENTIFICATION DATE TIME DIAGNOSTIC 01 OK 001 129 00 00 42 XMT 123 456 789 MMM dd 01 55 C8649003C0000 PANASONIC MACHI...

Page 484: ...eceived Received Received 8 Pressed 9 Received Pressed A Received Pressed B Received Received Pressed C Received Pressed D Received Received Pressed E Received Received Pressed F Received Received Received Pressed Fax Diagnostic Codes Data Definition Resolution dpi Paper Width 0 A4 1 S Fine A4 2 400 x 400 A4 3 300 x 300 A4 4 B4 5 S Fine B4 6 400 x 400 B4 7 300 x 300 B4 8 600 x 600 A4 9 600 x 600 B...

Page 485: ...ne E Fine F 0 ms line Fine Fax Diagnostic Codes Data Definition Deferred Comm Dialing RCV Memory Non Memory 0 Manual Communication Non Memory 1 Used Manual Communication Non Memory 2 Auto Dialing Non Memory 3 Used Auto Dialing Non Memory 4 Auto RCV Non Memory 5 Used Auto RCV Non Memory 6 Remote RCV Non Memory 7 Used Remote RCV Non Memory 8 Manual Communication Memory 9 Used Manual Communication Me...

Page 486: ... 4 RCV On Off 5 Yes RCV On Off 6 XMT On Off 7 Yes XMT On Off 8 RCV Off On 9 Yes RCV Off On A XMT Off On B Yes XMT Off On C RCV On On D Yes RCV On On E XMT On On F Yes XMT On On Fax Diagnostic Codes Data Definition Sub Address Comm Confidential Comm Relayed Comm Turnaround Polling 0 1 Yes 2 Yes 3 Yes Yes 4 Yes 5 Yes Yes 6 Yes Yes 7 Yes Yes Yes 8 Yes 9 Yes Yes A Yes Yes B Yes Yes Yes C Yes Yes D Yes...

Page 487: ...mory Transfer 5 6 7 8 Yes 9 Report XMT Yes A Check Call Yes B Yes C Memory Transfer Yes D Yes E Yes F Yes Fax Diagnostic Codes Data Definition Short Protocol Standard Non Standard 0 Standard 1 Standard 2 Standard 3 Standard 4 Standard 5 Standard 6 Standard 7 Standard 8 Non Standard 9 B Non Standard A Non Standard B D Non Standard C Non Standard D B Non Standard E Non Standard F D Non Standard ...

Page 488: ...Diagnostic Codes Data Definition Coding ECM 0 MH 1 MR 2 MMR 3 JBIG 4 5 6 7 8 MH Yes 9 MR Yes A MMR Yes B JBIG Yes C Yes D Yes E Yes F Yes Fax Diagnostic Codes Data Definition Symbol Rate V 34 V 34 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2400 sr Yes 9 Yes A 2800 sr Yes B 3000 sr Yes C 3200 sr Yes D 3429 sr Yes E Yes F Yes ...

Page 489: ...Speed Modem Speed V 34 0 2400 bps 1 4800 bps 2400 bps 2 7200 bps 4800 bps 3 9600 bps 7200 bps 4 TC 7200 bps 9600 bps 5 TC 9600 bps 12000 bps 6 12000 bps 14400 bps 7 14400 bps 16800 bps 8 19200 bps 9 21600 bps A 24000 bps B 26400 bps C 28800 bps D 31200 bps E 33600 bps F Fax Diagnostic Codes Data Definition 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F ...

Page 490: ... Substitution Table of the Printer Driver Properties dialog box Select Always use True Type fonts from the Font tab of the Printer Driver Properties dialog box The character is not smooth Fine line print cannot be obtained Select 600 dpi resolution Poor photograph print quality Select 600 dpi resolution Different character or symbol from the document is printed Check if the Panasonic Printing Syst...

Page 491: ...olution to 300 dpi in the Printer Driver Properties dialog box The print settings may not be matched for the system Change the printing settings in the Printer Driver Properties dialog box Ex Multi sized printing Cannot complete print job Image memory overflow Cannot print System error Cannot complete print job Confirm print condition Change the resolution to 300 dpi in the Printer Driver properti...

Page 492: ...ction and the C Clear keys are pressed simultaneously 5 1 2 Copier Service Mode Functions Service Modes For Copier Service Mode Item Function F1 Self Test 00 CCD Test This test is used for checking the CCD 01 LCD LED Test This test is used for checking the LCD and LEDs 02 Page Memory Test This test is used for checking the Page Memory 03 48 Print Test Patterns Prints the pattern for setting the Pa...

Page 493: ... AC Bias Phase FullSpeed No F5 126 AC Bias Phase HalfSpeed No F5 130 Auto Print Image Ctrl Yes F5 131 Drum Life Laser Yes F5 132 Drum Life Charge Yes F6 000 Registration Clr Normal 5 F6 001 Registration Clr Slow 5 F6 005 Registration B W Normal 2 F6 006 Registration B W Slow 5 F6 007 Registration B W CL 4 F6 010 Paper Loop Tray B W Nrm 0 F6 011 Paper Loop Tray Clr Nrm 0 F6 012 Paper Loop Tray Slow...

Page 494: ...B FCBxxxxxxxx_xx Finisher 000002 DATA SECURITY KIT V1xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx 3 Memory Capacity Main Memory 512 MB Image Memory 512 MB Sort Memory 128 MB Fax Memory 3 MB 4 Option 3rd Paper Feed Module Yes 4th Paper Feed Module Yes Finisher FS405 Punch Unit Yes Fax Board Yes Network Scanner Email Yes PS Printer No Internet Fax Yes DDS Yes HDD xxx xxxxxxx xxxxxx 5 Error Log Total...

Page 495: ... Charge Count Y 9292865 031 AC Charge Count M 5119027 032 AC Charge Count C 5116857 033 AC Charge Count BK 6223468 035 DC Charge Count Y 3406321 036 DC Charge Count M 1602575 037 DC Charge Count C 1604882 038 DC Charge Count BK 2307566 040 Deve Unit Count Y 29500 041 Deve Unit Count M 29500 042 Deve Unit Count C 29500 043 Deve Unit Count BK 50520 045 Developer Count Y 11416 046 Developer Count M 1...

Page 496: ...s NG confirmed memory size will be displayed on list Confirmed memory area will execute memory test specified pattern write and verify then result will be shown on the list SC Board Check List Sample Mac Address 080023035A0A CPU Clock 667 MHz 1 Memory Capacity Status Main Memory 512 MB OK Page Memory Image Y M 192 MB OK Page Memory Image C K 192 MB OK Page Memory Image L 128 MB OK Sort Memory 128 ...

Page 497: ...st is used for checking the Page Memory Mono BK 03 Print Test Pattern 1 Prints the pattern for setting the Paper position alignment Mono BK Color Full Speed 04 Print Test Pattern 2 Color Half Speed 1200 dpi 05 Print Test Pattern 3 Mono Full Speed 06 Print Test Pattern 4 Mono Half Speed 1200 dpi 07 Print Test Pattern 5 Mono Mixed Speed 08 Print Test Pattern 6 Prints the Slant pattern for setting th...

Page 498: ... Pattern 30 Prints the 1 by 1 pattern Color Y Color Full Speed 33 Print Test Pattern 31 Color M 34 Print Test Pattern 32 Color C 35 Print Test Pattern 33 Color BK 36 Print Test Pattern 34 Only A3 11x17 Prints the pattern for Fusing Color BK 37 Print Test Pattern 35 Only A3 11x17 Color YMC 38 Print Test Pattern 36 Only A3 11x17 This test is used for checking the OPC Drum for scratches Color Color 1...

Page 499: ...sor A Original detected on the A position 1 Size Sensor B Original detected on the B position 1 101 24V Line Error Detecting Signal 24V Line is OFF 1 Home Position Sensor Home position is detected 1 ADF Platen Cover Open Sensor ADF Platen Cover is open 1 ADF Platen Cover Angle Sensor ADF Platen Cover is open more than 30 angle 1 102 ADF Detection Sensor Unit is not connected 1 ADF Cover Open Detec...

Page 500: ...tion Roller 2 Clutch When CN656 2 signal level changes to 0V from 24V clutch operates for 3 seconds 210 ADF Inverting Roller 1 Clutch When CN659 6 signal level changes to 0V from 24V clutch operates for 3 seconds 211 ADF Inverting Roller 2 Clutch When CN659 7 signal level changes to 0V from 24V clutch operates for 3 seconds 212 ADF Speed Down Clutch When CN659 5 signal level changes to 0V from 24V...

Page 501: ...aper is detected 1 Paper Sensor 2nd Paper Tray Paper is detected 0 Upper Limit Sensor 2nd Paper Tray Paper is detected 1 Paper NP Sensor 2nd Paper Tray Paper is detected 0 Paper Tray Sensor 2nd Paper Tray Sensor is activated 1 Size Sensor 1 2nd Paper Tray Sensor is activated 1 Paper Tray Sensor 1st Paper Tray Sensor is activated 1 Size Sensor 1 1st Paper Tray Sensor is activated 1 303 OHP Sensor O...

Page 502: ... Motor 1 Ready Ready state not detected 1 Paper Feed Motor Ready Ready state not detected 1 Paper Full Sensor Ready state not detected 0 306 Toner Cartridge Fan Ready Lock DP C405 Series Only Ready state not detected 1 IH Driver Fan Ready DP C405 Series Only Ready state not detected 1 Toner Cartridge Motor Lock Detection Sensor BK DP C405 Series Only Locked position detected 0 Toner Cartridge Moto...

Page 503: ...state not detected 1 IH PCB Cooling Fan Rotating Detection DP C405 Series Only Ready state not detected 1 Pressure Roller Fan Ready Lock DP C405 Series Only Ready state not detected 1 LSU Fan Ready Lock DP C405 Series Only Ready state not detected 1 Shutter Sensor DP C405 Series Only LSU closed Shutter detected 1 Sub Toner Fan Ready Lock DP C405 Series Only Ready state not detected 1 307 Belt Moto...

Page 504: ...per Jam is detected 0 Intermediate Roller Sensor DP C405 Series Only Paper Jam is detected 0 310 Paper Path Sensor 4th Paper Tray Paper is detected 0 Upper Limit Sensor 4th Paper Tray Paper is detected 1 NP Sensor 4th Paper Tray Paper is detected 0 4th Tray Detection Sensor Unit is connected 0 4th Tray Sensor Sensor is activated 1 Paper Feed PCB Detection Paper Tray Option PCB is connected 1 Paper...

Page 505: ...Open Sensor Door is opened 0 NP Sensor Sheet Bypass Paper is detected 1 Size Sensor 1 Sheet Bypass Sensor is activated 1 Size Sensor 2 Sheet Bypass Sensor is activated 1 Size Sensor 3 Sheet Bypass Sensor is activated 1 315 Coin Vendor Insufficient Amount Signal Insufficient Amount 0 is detected 1 Mechanical Counter Detection Sensor Monochrome Unit is connected 0 Mechanical Counter Detection Sensor...

Page 506: ...ly after rotating 2 sec 445 Toner Cartridge Motor BK Motor stops automatically after rotating 2 sec 446 Intermediate Transfer IT Belt Motor Motor stops automatically after rotating 5 sec 447 FTR Pressure Motor Motor rotates after detecting home position and then it stops automatically 448 STR Pressure Motor Motor rotates after detecting home position and then it stops automatically 449 Fuser Motor...

Page 507: ...oid Outer Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for 0 3 sec 487 Paper Exit Path Switching Solenoid Inner Solenoid stops automatically after re energizing for 0 3 sec 488 Sensor Shutter Solenoid Solenoid stops automatically after energizing for 2 sec 489 ADU Path Switching Solenoid ADU Solenoid stops automatically after re energizing for 0 3 sec 490 ADU Path Switching Solenoid Exit Solenoid...

Page 508: ... 1 Stops automatically after 1 count 561 Mechanical Counter 2 Stops automatically after 1 count 562 599 Not Used F4 Mode Input Check No Function Condition Message Display Remarks 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 600 Entrance Paper Path Sensor Paper is detected 1 1 Bin Finisher DA FS402 FS350 FS320 Only Exit Paper Path Sensor Paper is detected 1 Alignment Home Position Sensor Home position is detected 1 Paper Detec...

Page 509: ...cted 1 Folding Position Sensor Paper is detected 1 Joint Detect Switch Finisher Joint is not detected 0 Front Door Switch Cover is open 0 Front Door Sensor Cover is open 0 Top Cover Sensor Cover is open 0 701 Paddle Home Position Sensor Home position is detected 1 Stack Delivery Roller Home Position Sensor Home position is detected 1 Delivery Belt Home Position Sensor Home position is detected 1 R...

Page 510: ...Delivery Motor rotates in the forward direction Stack Delivery Motor rotates 753 Stack Delivery Motor rotates in the reverse direction Stack Delivery Motor rotates 754 Paddle Rotates Paddle rotates 755 Stack Roller Contacting Stack Roller making contact 756 Slide Motor Stapler Unit horizontal shift 757 Alignment Operation Alignment Plate Shuttle home position between A4 position 758 Tray Motor Tra...

Page 511: ...eter s to activate the setting s Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position F5 Mode No Item Selection Default Setting Remarks 00 Country Version Japan USA CAN Europe Other Country Dependent Check the destination of the Firmware Read Only 01 03 Not Used 04 LSU Off Timer 5 sec 10 sec 15 sec 20 sec 30 sec 40 sec 50 sec 60 sec 15 sec Set the Polygon M...

Page 512: ...ten the print time 09 11 Not Used 12 Printer Fan Extension None 2 min 5 min None Prevent temperature from rising inside of the unit by extending the Fuser Fan timer in a heavy usage environment 13 Paper Out Red Indicator On Off On Select whether to enable the Out of Paper Red Warning Light indicator 14 Paper Size Tray 1 When OK is selected a prompt comes up asking for the desired Media Type Trays ...

Page 513: ...ize and the media type for Tray 4 Enable the Optional Tray Media Type Plain 18 19 Not Used 20 ADF No Auto Auto Select whether to automatically detect or disable the ADF Unit 21 Finisher No Auto Auto Select whether to automatically detect or disable the Finisher Unit 22 System Console No Auto Auto Select whether to automatically detect or disable the System Console 23 Paper Transport Unit No Auto A...

Page 514: ...feed At exit At feed Set the timing when the count occurs 44 Insert Paper Count No Yes No Set whether to count the Inserted Paper 45 Dept Code Reentry Again Yes No Yes for USA Canada No for Europe Set whether requires the entry of the department code for each job 46 50 Not Used 51 Dept Counter COPY Yes No Yes Set whether to enable the department counter for copy jobs 52 Dept Counter FAX No Yes No ...

Page 515: ...Used 62 Overflow Detection No Yes No Set whether to detect as overflow condition if the number of stapled sets exceeds the preset limit Refer to Sect 12 1 1 2 DA FS405 FS356 FS325 12 2 1 2 DA FS402 FS350 FS320 63 U13 Clear Any Keys Func 1 Any Keys Set the default U13 User Code resetting method when the warning indication occurs 64 Dept Counter SCANNER Yes No Yes Set whether to enable the departmen...

Page 516: ...r size to be A4 LTR if the original is smaller than A4 LTR 79 Not Used 80 Paper Size Priority A3 B4 A4 A4 R B5 B5 R A5 R 8 x 13 8 5 x 13 11 x 17 LEGAL 8 5 x 11 8 5 x 11 R 5 5 x 8 5 8K 16K 8 5 x 11 for USA Canada A4 for Europe Set the automatic paper size selection priority when the size is not specified 81 B4 FLS Size Selection B4 8 x 13 8 5 x 13 B4 Select B4 or FLS European paper size F5 Mode No ...

Page 517: ... default value of Digital Skyshot Mode 84 85 Not Used 86 PM Cycle Optics No 40 K 60 K 120 K 240 K 360 K 480 K 600 K No Set the Scanner PM Cycle 87 PM Cycle ADF No 40 K 60 K 120 K 240 K 360 K 480 K 600 K No Set the ADF PM Cycle 88 USB Port Function Off Once On Off Avoid creating many USB Ports on the PC Ex When connecting the PC for Inspection or Demonstration purposes Off Creates ports for each Ma...

Page 518: ...FA 98 103 Not Used 104 Red Sel 2C 1C Copy 1 2 3 1 Select Red density for the 2C 1C color copy mode 1 Standard Red 2 Lighter Red 3 Darker Red 105 Green Sel 2C 1C Copy 1 2 3 1 Select Green density for the 2C 1C color copy mode 1 Standard Green 2 Lighter Green 3 Darker Green 106 Blue Sel 2C 1C Copy 1 2 3 1 Select the Blue density for the 2C 1C color copy mode 1 Standard Blue 2 Lighter Blue 3 Darker B...

Page 519: ... Only Off On Off Set whether to enable viewing of simulated coverage 113 114 Not Used 115 Accounting Server Func No Yes No Activate the Accounting Server PNAM Function in the Department Counter mode 116 119 Not Used 120 Heater Off Timer None 5 sec 10 sec 15 sec 20 sec 25 sec 30 sec 45 sec 60 sec 2 min 3 min 60 sec Set the default Heater Standby timer Longer time period that the heater remains On a...

Page 520: ... Yes 132 Drum Life Charge Yes 133 Drum Temp Charge Yes 134 Not Used 135 TDC Deve Life Factory use only Yes 136 TDC Half Speed Yes 137 TDC Humidity Yes 138 TDC Image Control Yes 139 APIC Control Mode DP C405 C354 Series Only Speed Quality Quality Set the Automatic Picture Control APIC Mode for Speed Productivity or Quality Image Quality In the speed mode printing speed is increased by skipping some...

Page 521: ...s 162 Transfer Belt Control Yes 163 Belt Motor Reverse Ctrl 1 200 164 Drum Warning Select Off On On Set whether to activate the Drum life warning 165 TDC Recovery Control Y DP C405 C354 Series Only Off 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 Supply toner when the remaining of the Developer gets low to secure the performance of the TCD sensor 166 TDC Recovery Control M DP C405 C354 Series Only 167 TDC Recovery Control C D...

Page 522: ... 2C 4C 1C 2C 4C Total No for USA Canada BK Others Select the color type for the mechanical counter 1 176 Mechanical Counter2 No BK 1C BK 1C 2C BK 1C 2C 4C 2C 4C 1C 2C 4C Total No For USA Canada 1C 2C 4C Others Select the color type for the mechanical counter 2 177 PS Limit Toner Overlap Off On On Set to limit Toner Overlap in PS printing Recommended to set it ON 178 PS Change CIE Color Use No Yes ...

Page 523: ...the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode Reboot the machine after setting the parameter s to activate the setting s Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position Note The Factory Setting is different in each model F6 Mode No Item Remarks Setting Range 000 Registration Clr Normal Color original registration adjustm...

Page 524: ...Slow Fine Adjustment for an Individual Tray for Mixed originals at half of the standard speed 50 50 0 105 mm 013 Paper Loop Try Thick Slw DP C405 Series Only Fine Adjustment for an individual tray for Monochrome Color heavy weight paper at standard speed 50 50 0 105 mm 014 Not Used 015 Paper Loop By p B W Nrm Fine Adjustment for the Sheet Bypass for Monochrome original at standard speed 50 50 0 34...

Page 525: ...the standard speed 50 50 0 105 mm 024 Not Used 025 Registration Void Lead edge read point adjustment 0 99 0 2 mm 026 Pick up By p B W Nrm DP C405 Series Only Pick up for the Sheet Bypass for monochrome original at standard speed 20 20 1 70 mm DP C405 C305 1 35 mm DP C265 027 Pick up By p Clr Nrm DP C405 Series Only Pick up for the Sheet Bypass for color original at standard speed 20 20 1 27 mm DP ...

Page 526: ...pass 50 50 0 2 mm 046 Side Adjust ADU Tray1 LSU side to side adjustment for ADU Tray 1 50 50 0 2 mm 047 Side Adjust ADU Tray2 LSU side to side adjustment for ADU Tray 2 50 50 0 2 mm 048 Side Adjust ADU Tray3 LSU side to side adjustment for ADU Tray 3 50 50 0 2 mm 049 Side Adjust ADU Tray4 LSU side to side adjustment for ADU Tray 4 50 50 0 2 mm 050 054 Not Used 055 Polygon Motor Speed CL Polygon mo...

Page 527: ... Half Speed Feed motor half of standard speed adjustment for mixed printouts 50 50 0 10 084 Not Used 085 IT Motor B W STD Speed Intermediate Transfer motor standard speed adjustment for monochrome printouts 99 99 0 05 086 IT Motor CL STD Speed Intermediate Transfer motor standard speed adjustment for color printouts 99 99 0 05 087 Not Used 088 IT Motor Half Speed Intermediate Transfer motor half o...

Page 528: ... temperature at the start of printing 0 255 Read Only 136 Th2 Temp Print Start Thermistor 2 temperature at the start of printing 0 255 Read Only 137 Th3 Temp Print Start DP C322 Series Only Thermistor 3 temperature at the start of printing 0 255 Read Only 138 Th4 Temp Print Start Thermistor 4 temperature at the start of printing 0 255 Read Only 139 Not Used 140 Th1 Temp Error Thermistor 1 temperat...

Page 529: ...rast adjustment for Photo Mode 32 31 1 256 step 208 209 Not Used 210 Color Text Density lt Color image density adjustment for Text Mode highlight Darker Lighter 32 31 1 256 step 211 Color T P Density lt Color image density adjustment for Text Photo Mode highlight Darker Lighter 32 31 1 256 step 212 Color Photo Density lt Color image density adjustment for Photo Mode highlight Darker Lighter 32 31 ...

Page 530: ...9 Not Used 230 Adjust Text Sharpness Scanner Sharpness adjustment using digital image processing for Text Copy Mode 3 3 1 level step 231 Adjust T P Sharpness Scanner Sharpness adjustment using digital image processing for Text Photo Copy Mode 3 3 1 level step 232 Adjust Photo Sharpness Scanner Sharpness adjustment using digital image processing for Photo Copy Mode 3 3 1 level step 233 234 Not Used...

Page 531: ...6 1 16 254 Not Used 255 CL Rm G Cl Gmm R Gamma adjustment for real time base hue color 8 7 1 256 step 256 CL Rm G Cl Offset R Offset adjustment for real time base hue color 128 127 1 256 step 257 Mono Rm G Cl Gmm R Gamma adjustment for real time base hue monochrome 8 7 1 256 step 258 Mono Rm G Cl Offset R Offset adjustment for real time base hue monochrome 128 127 1 256 step 259 Not Used 260 CL Rm...

Page 532: ... mm 313 Not Used 314 ADF Shading Position DP C405 Series Only Shading position offset ADF adjustment 3 3 0 03 mm 315 ADF Lead Void Setting Registration edge void ADF adjustment 0 9 0 5 mm 316 ADF Side Void Setting Registration side void ADF adjustment 0 9 0 5 mm 317 ADF Trail Void Setting Registration trail void ADF adjustment 0 9 0 5 mm 318 319 Not Used 320 Stamp Position Adjust Verification Stam...

Page 533: ...334 Not Used 335 ADF Lead Void NWS Lead edge void for Network Scanner ADF adjustment 0 9 0 5 mm 336 ADF Side Void NWS Side edge void for Network Scanner ADF adjustment 0 9 0 5 mm 337 ADF Trail Void NWS Trail edge void for Network Scanner ADF adjustment 0 9 0 5 mm 338 399 Not Used 400 AC Charge Freq Adj Full Factory use only 77 127 401 AC Charge Freq Adj Half 107 127 402 AC Charge Freq Adj B W 58 1...

Page 534: ...p DP C354 C322 Series Only 415 419 Not Used 420 DC Charge Adj Y Full Factory use only 88 127 3 71 µA step 421 DC Charge Adj M Full 88 127 3 71 µA step 422 DC Charge Adj C Full 88 127 3 71 µA step 423 DC Charge Adj BK Full 88 127 3 71 µA step 424 Not Used 425 DC Charge Adj Y Half Factory use only 88 127 3 71 µA step 426 DC Charge Adj M Half 88 127 3 71 µA step 427 DC Charge Adj C Half 88 127 3 71 µ...

Page 535: ...27 3 13 V step 442 DC Bias Adj C Half 125 127 3 13 V step 443 DC Bias Adj BK Half 125 127 3 13 V step 444 DC Bias Adj B W 125 127 3 13 V step 445 DC Charge Y WO Paper 127 68 3 71 V step 446 DC Charge M WO Paper 127 68 3 71 V step 447 DC Charge C WO Paper 127 68 3 71 V step 448 DC Charge BK WO Paper 127 68 3 71 V step 449 Not Used 450 DC Charge Y WO P Half Factory use only 127 68 3 71 V step 451 DC...

Page 536: ...pi Factory use only 127 127 0 0018 mW step 466 Laser Pwr Adj M 1200dpi 127 127 0 0018 mW step 467 Laser Pwr Adj C 1200dpi 127 127 0 0018 mW step 468 Laser Pwr Adj Bk 1200dpi 127 127 0 0018 mW step 469 Laser Power Adj B W 127 127 0 0018 mW step 470 Solid PWM Adj Y Full 127 127 0 39 step 471 Solid PWM Adj M Full 127 127 0 39 step 472 Solid PWM Adj C Full 127 127 0 39 step 473 Solid PWM Adj BK Full 1...

Page 537: ...127 127 0 39 step 490 Dot PWM Adj Y Full 127 127 0 39 step 491 Dot PWM Adj M Full 127 127 0 39 step 492 Dot PWM Adj C Full 127 127 0 39 step 493 Dot PWM Adj BK Full 127 127 0 39 step 494 Not Used 495 Dot PWM Adj Y Half Factory use only 127 127 0 39 step 496 Dot PWM Adj M Half 127 127 0 39 step 497 Dot PWM Adj C Half 127 127 0 39 step 498 Dot PWM Adj BKHalf 127 127 0 39 step 499 Dot PWM Adj B W 127...

Page 538: ...leaning voltage plus value for STR adjustment Factory use only 32 9 28 04 V step 516 STR Cleaning Adj Cleaning voltage minus value for STR adjustment Factory use only 32 127 28 04 V step 517 519 Not Used 520 TDC Gain Adj Y Factory use only 127 127 0 039 V step 521 TDC Gain Adj M 127 127 0 039 V step 522 TDC Gain Adj C 127 127 0 039 V step 523 TDC Gain Adj BK 127 127 0 039 V step 524 TDC Gain Adj B...

Page 539: ...BK DP C405 C354 Series Only 127 127 0 016 V step 539 Not Used 540 APIC Edge PWM Target Y Factory use only 127 127 0 016 V step 541 APIC Edge PWM Target M 127 127 0 016 V step 542 APIC Edge PWM Target C 127 127 0 016 V step 543 APIC Edge PWM Target BK 127 127 0 016 V step 544 Not Used 545 APIC Dot PWM Target Y Factory use only 127 127 0 016 V step 546 APIC Dot PWM Target M 127 127 0 016 V step 547 ...

Page 540: ... TDC Min Read Only C 127 127 Read Only 568 TDC Min Read Only BK 127 127 Read Only 569 Not Used 570 TDC Avg Read Only Y TDC sensor power adjustment for average toner output supply Y 127 127 Read Only 571 TDC Avg Read Only M TDC sensor power adjustment for average toner output supply M 127 127 Read Only 572 TDC Avg Read Only C TDC sensor power adjustment for average toner output supply C 127 127 Rea...

Page 541: ...ad Only 588 Drum Life Charge Read BK 127 127 Read Only 589 Not Used 590 Drum Life Laser Read Y Factory use only 127 127 For DP C405 C354 Series Only 0 127 For DP C322 Series Only Read Only 591 Drum Life Laser Read M 127 127 For DP C405 C354 Series Only 0 127 For DP C322 Series Only Read Only 592 Drum Life Laser Read C 127 127 For DP C405 C354 Series Only 0 127 For DP C322 Series Only Read Only 593...

Page 542: ...m Life Charge BK WO P 67 0 Read Only 604 Not Used 605 Drum T H Charge Y WO P Factory use only 15 15 Read Only 606 Drum T H Charge M WO P 15 15 Read Only 607 Drum T H Charge C WO P 15 15 Read Only 608 Drum T H Charge BK WO P 15 15 Read Only 609 Not Used 610 TDC Image Read Y Factory use only 24 24 For DP C405 C354 Series Only 12 24 For DP C322 Series Only 0 039 V step 611 TDC Image Read M 24 24 For ...

Page 543: ... Read M 63 63 Read only 622 TDC Half Speed Read C 63 63 Read only 623 TDC Half Speed Read BK 63 63 Read only 624 Not Used 625 FTR STR Temp Read Factory use only 0 255 Read only 626 FTR STR Humidity Read 0 255 Read only 627 629 Not Used 630 FTR Drive Read Y Factory use only 0 255 Read only 631 FTR Drive Read M 0 255 Read only 632 FTR Drive Read C 0 255 Read only 633 FTR Drive Read BK 0 255 Read onl...

Page 544: ...he Image density sensor should be clean 127 127 Read Only 647 649 Not Used 650 APIC DC Charge Read Y DP C322 Series Only Factory use only 27 27 Read Only 651 APIC DC Charge Read M DP C322 Series Only 27 27 Read Only 652 APIC DC Charge Read C DP C322 Series Only 27 27 Read Only 653 APIC DC Charge Read BK DP C322 Series Only 27 27 Read Only 654 Not Used 655 APIC DC Bias Read Y DP C322 Series Only Fa...

Page 545: ...9 Not Used 680 FTR Adj Y Factory use only 127 127 0 147 µA step 681 FTR Adj M 127 127 0 147 µA step 682 FTR Adj C 127 127 0 147 µA step 683 FTR Adj BK 127 127 0 147 µA step 684 Not Used 685 STR Adj Face Factory use only 57 127 28 04 V step 686 STR Adj Back 86 127 28 04 V step 687 Discharge Adj Face 0 127 17 16 V step 688 Discharge Adj Back 86 117 17 16 V step 689 Not Used 690 FTR Device Adj Y DP C...

Page 546: ...Adj M DP C405 C354 Series Only 12 12 707 TDC Image Max Adj C DP C405 C354 Series Only 12 12 708 TDC Image Max Adj BK DP C405 C354 Series Only 12 12 709 Not Used 710 TDC Image Min Adj Y DP C405 C354 Series Only Factory use only 12 12 711 TDC Image Min Adj M DP C405 C354 Series Only 12 12 712 TDC Image Min Adj C DP C405 C354 Series Only 12 12 713 TDC Image Min Adj BK DP C405 C354 Series Only 12 12 7...

Page 547: ...tration compensation adjustment 127 127 Read Only 828 Color Reg Result M C X Color M Middle sensor horizontal registration compensation adjustment 127 127 Read Only 829 Color Reg Result M C Y Color M Middle sensor vertical registration compensation adjustment 127 127 Read Only 830 Color Reg Result M R X Color M Right sensor horizontal registration compensation adjustment 127 127 Read Only 831 Colo...

Page 548: ...le sensor slice level adjustment 127 127 0 016 mV 852 Color Reg Slice R Color registration of right sensor slice level adjustment 127 127 0 016 mV 853 854 Not Used 855 Skew Y Right rotation Color Y skew registration adjustment 99 99 Read Only 856 Skew M Right rotation Color M skew registration adjustment 99 99 Read Only 857 Skew C Right rotation Color C skew registration adjustment 99 99 Read Only...

Page 549: ...taneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode Reboot the machine after setting the parameter s to activate the setting s Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position F7 Mode No Item Function Remarks 00 List Print 01 Application Password DP C405 C354 Series Only Password for Firmware Version update Print job queue functions and various PC a...

Page 550: ...unt Down BK 29 Not Used 30 AC Charge Count Y AC Charge Integrated value 31 AC Charge Count M 32 AC Charge Count C 33 AC Charge Count BK 34 Not Used 35 DC Charge Count Y DC Charge Integrated value 36 DC Charge Count M 37 DC Charge Count C 38 DC Charge Count BK 39 Not Used 40 Deve Unit Count Y Developer Counter Perform F8 09 to reset counter Read Only 41 Deve Unit Count M 42 Deve Unit Count C 43 Dev...

Page 551: ... Fuser Life Counter Read Only Perform F8 27 to reset counter 67 Fuser Main Exch Count Fuser Main Exchange Counter for 240 PM Perform F8 27 to conut up 1 Factory use only 68 IT Unit Exch Count IT Belt Exchange Counter for 240 PM Perform F8 29 to conut up 1 Factory use only 69 Not Used 70 Dot Count Y Factory use only 71 Dot Count M 72 Dot Count C 73 Dot Count BK 74 Not Used 75 Total Dot Count BK B W...

Page 552: ...dd Toner Count BK 109 Not Used 110 TDC Recovery Count Y Every TDC recovery count 1 Counter reset when executing F8 09 or F8 11 Factory use only 111 TDC Recovery Count M 112 TDC Recovery Count C 113 TDC Recovery Count BK 114 Not Used 03 Paper Feed Count 1 2 00 Bypass Tray Count Total sheets of paper fed from the Sheet Bypass counter 01 1st Paper Tray Count Total sheets of paper fed from the Tray 1 ...

Page 553: ...Print Counter 36 A4 Copy Print Count 1C 37 A4 Copy Print Count 2C 38 A4 Copy Print Count 4C 39 Not Used 40 A4 PC Print Count B W A4 PC Print Counter 41 A4 PC Print Count 4C 42 A4 Fax Print Count 43 A4 Other Print Cnt B W 04 Scanner Count 00 ADF Count Total originals fed through the ADF counter 01 ADF Read Count Total originals scanned through the ADF counter 02 Scanner Count Scanning operations To...

Page 554: ...age Area Y AVG Clear Image Area Average Counter 06 Clear Image Area M AVG 07 Clear Image Area C AVG 08 Clear Image Area BK AVG 11 Simulated PG Count 00 Simulated PG Count 4C Simulated PG Counter Read Only 01 Simulated PG Count B W 05 Simulated PG Count Y 06 Simulated PG Count M 07 Simulated PG Count C 08 Simulated PG Count BK 10 CLR Simulated PG Count 12 Report Count DP C405 C354 Series Only 00 Re...

Page 555: ...osition F8 Mode No Item Remarks 00 Exp Lamp Replacement When replacing the exposure lamp Procedure a Press the Start key to move the exposure lamp to the position approx 250 mm from the optics home position where it can be replaced b To return the optical system to the home position press the Clear key 01 05 Not Used 06 Error Log Print View a Each time the arrow key is pressed the machine displays...

Page 556: ... Color Registration Manual Adjustment Operation 31 Not Used 32 STR Counter Reset Resets the STR Counter 33 34 Not Used 35 Factory Use Only DP C405 C354 Series Only Starting with Firmware Ver V20043 DP C354 Series 36 39 Not Used 40 Fuser Main Exch Reset Resets the Fuser Main Exchange Counter F7 02 67 and Performs F8 27 41 IT Unit Exch Reset Resets the IT Unit Exchange Counter F7 02 68 and Performs ...

Page 557: ...to exit the Service Mode Reboot the machine after setting the parameter s to activate the setting s Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the OFF then back to the ON position F9 Mode Service Mode Item Remarks F9 Unit Maintenance 00 Fax Service Mode 01 Service Alert Tel Displays the contact number when a machine malfunction occurs 02 Firmware Version 00 SC Displays the firmware v...

Page 558: ... Not Used 05 Serial Number Indicate of Serial number 06 RAM Initialize 00 Parameter Initialize Resets the Fax and Function parameters to default values Note Turn the Power Switch to the OFF and back to the ON position to enable the parameter settings 01 All Job Clear Clears all Jobs stored in Flash Memory 02 Not Used 03 Shipment Set Clears All Jobs All Preset Data Parameter Initialize Resets the C...

Page 559: ...Not Used 16 Remote Panel USA only 00 IP Address Setting of the Remote Operation Panel Option 01 Port Number Tx 02 Port Number Rx 17 Factory Use Only DP C405 C354 Series Only To activate or inactivate Logging 18 To activate or inactivate save the Log 19 Power On Display DP C405 Series Only 00 Original To change the Panel Display when Power Switch is turned ON See section 3 10 for details 01 Custom ...

Page 560: ...Used To correct and check recorded the Service Maintenance history See section 3 7 for details 01 Service History 02 Not Used 03 Category of Business 04 Service History Func Note Select 1 Sided or 2 Sided and then select the OK Starting with Firmware Ver V20043 DP C354 Series F9 Mode Service Mode Item Remarks ...

Page 561: ...s the 9 key on the Control Panel Press the Start key to enter the F9 Service Mode on the Control Panel Select 00 Fax Service Mode on the Touch Panel display Select the desired function or code number on the Touch Panel display and then select the OK button When the Cancel button is selected the selected code input will not be accepted Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display P...

Page 562: ...t Param List Report Prints the Function Parameter List Page Memory Test Printer Report All Document File Protocol Trace and Toner Order Form 04 MODEM Tests Generates various binary tonal and DTMF modem signals 05 Not Used 06 RAM Initialize Initialize RAM and restore the default value of the function parameters Note Turn the Power Switch to the OFF and back to the ON position to enable the paramete...

Page 563: ...he Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode Function Parameter Table No Parameter Selections Function 000 Monitor Tel Dial Monitor Tel Dial Selects whether the machine starts to TX automatically during On Hook dialing Monitor Start to TX after pressing Start TEL DIAL Start to TX automatically 001 Alarm Status Off Timer...

Page 564: ...ia 032 Greece 033 Hungary 034 Indonesia 035 South Korea 038 Malaysia 039 China 045 Thailand 048 South Africa 049 Singapore 050 Universal 051 East Euro Specified destinations only 006 ID Display Number Numeric ID Chara Character ID Name Station Name Dial Selects the priority of displaying the ID 007 JRNL Column DP C354 322 Series Only Station RCV D ID Selects the contents of the ID to display on th...

Page 565: ...th Super G3 V 34 machines use Parameter No 32 018 RX Start 2400 bps 4800 bps 7200 bps 9600 bps TC7200 TC9600 12000 bps 14400 bps Selects the reception modem start speed 14400 12000 TC9600 TC7200 9600 7200 4800 2400 bps Note This parameter is applicable only when communicating with regular G3 machines When communicating with Super G3 V 34 machines use Parameter No 33 019 ITU T V 34 Off On Select Se...

Page 566: ...or V 34 communication 33600 2400 bps Press or to select the symbol rate 033 V34 RX Start 2400 33600bps Selects the receiving modem start speed for V 34 communication 33600 2400 bps Press or to select the symbol rate 034 V34 TX SR 2400 3429sr Selects the transmission symbol rate for V 34 3429 3200 3000 2800 2400 sr Press or to select the symbol rate 035 V34 RX SR 2400 3429sr Selects receiving symbo...

Page 567: ... Used 052 Pulse Rate 10 pps 20 pps Selects the dial pulse rate 10 20 pps 053 054 Not Used 055 Busy Tone Check Off On Selects whether to detect the Busy Tone 056 Dial Tone Check Off On Selects whether to detect Dial Tone before dialing the telephone number 057 DC Loop Check Except for USA and Canada Off On Selects whether the unit checks the DC Loop during communication 058 Comm JRNL Image Off with...

Page 568: ... PIN Available if No 73 Error Detect is set to RATE See Note 3 072 Continuous Error Off 3 6 12 Selects the continuous total error criteria of Off 3 6 or 12 lines in Standard mode If continuous total error exceeds this setting the unit will transmit RTN PIN Available if No 73 Error Detect is set to RATE 073 Error Detect Lines Rate Selects the error detect condition Lines Rate 074 RTN Receive Discon...

Page 569: ...ded on all email sent in the message body above the top line of text Up to 40 characters Programmed in the User Parameters Note After enabling this feature aside from entering the text in the User Parameters it also has to be activated in each Auto Dial Number before it will take effect It does not work for Direct Dialed Numbers 113 114 Not Used 115 Time Zone Scroll Direct Selects the setting meth...

Page 570: ...r RTN PIN Note 3 Function Parameter No 071 Total Error Transmit condition of RTP PIP or RTN PIN Note 4 The default setting of parameters depends on the country s specifications or regulations Print the Function Parameter List to confirm the default settings 141 T P Density It 32 31 Adjustment of Text Photo density 142 Photo Density It 32 31 Adjustment of Photo density 143 145 Not Used 146 T P Dens...

Page 571: ...to Service Mode and press the 9 key on the Control Panel Press the Start key to enter the F9 Service Mode on the Control Panel Select 00 Fax Service Mode on the Touch Panel display Select 03 Print Parameter List Report on the Touch Panel display Select the desired function on the Touch Panel display If you wish to select another function select the Tab button on the Touch Panel display or scroll t...

Page 572: ...TX EQL 0dB 064 015 065 016 066 017 TX Start 14400bps 067 018 RX Start 14400bps 068 019 ITU T V 34 On 069 020 ITU T ECM On 070 Line Error 128 021 EP Tone Off 071 Total Error 10 022 Signal Interval 500ms 072 Continuous Error Off 023 TCF Check Normal 073 Error Detect Rate 024 CED Frequency 2100Hz 074 RTN Receive Conti 025 Comm Start Up First 075 Coding JBIG 026 Non Standard On 076 Batch TX On 027 Sho...

Page 573: ...el display Select 03 Print Parameter List Report on the Touch Panel display Select 03 Page Memory Test on the Touch Panel display Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode SC ALVxxxxxxx AB TX RX PRT CPY 0001209 0001313 00019053 00012334 SC BOOT C303 Memory Size 3 MB PNL V1xxxx M...

Page 574: ...play Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode Printer Report Date MMM dd yyyy Time 19 02 Last Print Error MMM dd yyyy 15 38 J00 00 00000016 Customer ID 1234567890123456 Serial Number xxxxxxxxxxx PNL V1xxxx EC 40cpm V0xxxx SCN V1xxxx Transmit Counter 1209 Receive Counter 1313 Co...

Page 575: ... Service Mode on the Control Panel Select 00 Fax Service Mode on the Touch Panel display Select 03 Print Parameter List Report on the Touch Panel display Scroll the menu with the button on the Touch Panel display and select 05 All Document Files on the display Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Panel t...

Page 576: ...Touch Panel display and select 06 Protocol Trace Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode Protocol Log Report Date MMM dd yyyy Time 16 56 Status OK Mode ECM TX Fine Speed 33600bps 0MS L 3429sr Remote Capa NSF 00 00 79 00 00 00 16 00 09 13 DIS 20 C2 FA C4 80 95 80 80 80 A0 Local...

Page 577: ...t key to enter the F9 Service Mode on the Control Panel Select 00 Fax Service Mode on the Touch Panel display Select 03 Print Parameter List Report on the Touch Panel display Scroll the menu with the button on the Touch Panel display and select 07 Toner Order Form Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Pan...

Page 578: ...tact or fax this form to your authorized dealer Panasonic 2 by Phone 123456789012345678901234567890123456 3 by Fax 012345678901234567890123456789012345 4 Thank you for your order Customer Information Ship To Bill To Attention Phone No Attention Phone No Customer ID ABC COMPANY 5 6 P O No if required Serial No xxxxxxxxxxx Description Order No Toner Cartridge Black DQ TUxxxK Toner Cartridge Cyan DQ ...

Page 579: ...Mode on the Touch Panel display Select 04 Modem tests on the Touch Panel display Select 01 Binary Signal on the Touch Panel display Select the desired parameter on the Touch Panel display and then press the Start key on the Control Panel Press the Stop key on the Control Panel Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on th...

Page 580: ...0 Fax Service Mode on the Touch Panel display Select 04 Modem tests on the Touch Panel display Select 02 Tonal Signal on the Touch Panel display Select the desired parameter on the Touch Panel display and then press the Start key on the Control Panel Press the Stop key on the Control Panel Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simulta...

Page 581: ...el Press the Stop key on the Control Panel Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode DTMF Dual Tone Set the machine to Service Mode and press the 9 key on the Control Panel Press the Start key to enter the F9 Service Mode on the Control Panel Select 00 Fax Service Mode on the To...

Page 582: ...nal Tones Number DTMF Dual Tones 697 Hz 0 941 Hz 1336 Hz 770 Hz 1 697 Hz 1209 Hz 852 Hz 2 697 Hz 1336 Hz 941 Hz 3 697 Hz 1477 Hz 1209 Hz 4 770 Hz 1209 Hz 1336 Hz 5 770 Hz 1336 Hz 1477 Hz 6 770 Hz 1477 Hz 1633 Hz 7 852 Hz 1209 Hz 8 852 Hz 1336 Hz 9 852 Hz 1477 Hz 941 Hz 1209 Hz 941 Hz 1477 Hz ...

Page 583: ...s V34 3000 sr 12000 bps V34 3429 sr 7200 bps V34 2400 sr 7200 bps V34 3000 sr 14400 bps V34 3429 sr 9600 bps V34 2400 sr 9600 bps V34 3000 sr 16800 bps V34 3429 sr 12000 bps V34 2400 sr 12000 bps V34 3000 sr 19200 bps V34 3000 sr 19200 bps V34 2400 sr 14400 bps V34 3000 sr 21600 bps V34 3429 sr 16800 bps V34 2400 sr 16800 bps V34 3000 sr 24000 bps V34 3429 sr 19200 bps V34 2400 sr 19200 bps V34 30...

Page 584: ... time on the Touch Panel display Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode RAM Initialization Table No Initialize Mode Description 01 PARAMETER INITIALIZE Restores the Fax and Function Parameters to default values Note Turn the Power Switch to the OFF and back to the ON position to enable the parameter settings 02 JOURNAL CLEAR Clears the ...

Page 585: ...lay and select 08 Check Call Select the desired Function number on the Touch Panel display i e 01 Service Alert Fax input the Fax Telephone No or to enter an Email Address press the Fax Mode key and input the Email address then select OK button to register the entry Note Use the Fax Mode key to toggle between the Fax No Email Address entry field Select the Close button three time on the Touch Pane...

Page 586: ... for every month to activate automatic transmission of the Maintenance Alert Report to the pre registered Service Alert Fax Email address 09 PM Count Setting Off On Set ON to activate automatic transmission of the Maintenance Report when the machine reaches the PM Count 10 C C Format Setting Image Default Data_RDS XML Select the desired file format for the Email attachment Image Tiff Format Data_R...

Page 587: ...r to the Error Code Table Note To activate the transmission of the Maintenance Alert Report register both parameters 01 Service Alert Fax 02 Maint Alert Fax c Toner Order Form When the unit detects Low Toner the unit can automatically print the Toner Order Form with the pre registered order information d Call Counter Report When the printer counter reaches the pre set number the unit can automatic...

Page 588: ...Total Count 4C 48 Developer Count BK 148 Total Print Count 133 Transfer Belt Count 153 Toner Page Count Y 48 Belt Life Count Down 240608 Toner Page Count M 48 STR Life Count 392 Toner Page Count C 48 Belt RotationTime Count 174 Toner Page Count BK 11 STR RotationTime Count 174 Print Error No Date Time Error Code Error Count No Date Time Error Code Error Count 01 MMM dd yyyy 20 07 E04 01 00 0000001...

Page 589: ...Firmware Version 4 Transmission Reception Copy Print Counters Date MMM dd yyyy Time 12 00 Maintenance Alert Report Last Print Error Machine is running Out of Toner xxxxx 1 Customer ID ABC COMPANY Serial Number xxxxxxxxxxx 2 Firmware Version 3 4 Transmit Counter 59 Receive Counter 7 Copy Counter 144 Print Counter 639 DP Cxxx 31415926535897932384 SC DP Cxxx Axxxxxxxxx PNL V1xxxx EC 35cpm V1xxxx SCN ...

Page 590: ...s Please contact or fax this form to your authorized dealer Panasonic 2 by Phone 123456789012345678901234567890123456 3 by Fax 012345678901234567890123456789012345 4 Thank you for your order Customer Information Ship To Bill To Attention Phone No Attention Phone No Customer ID ABC COMPANY 5 6 P O No if required Serial No xxxxxxxxxxx Description Order No Toner Cartridge Black DQ TUxxxK Toner Cartri...

Page 591: ...8 Developer Count BK 148 Total Print Count 133 Transfer Belt Count 153 Toner Page Count Y 48 Belt Life Count Down 240608 Toner Page Count M 48 STR Life Count 392 Toner Page Count C 48 Belt RotationTime Count 174 Toner Page Count BK 11 STR RotationTime Count 174 4 TDC Recovery Count BK 0 F7 11 Simulated PG Count 4C 18 F7 03 Bypass Tray Count 0 Simulated PG Count B W 98 1st Paper Tray Count 50 Simul...

Page 592: ...rRead Meter Meter MeterLabel Total Count 1C MeterLabel MeterRead 0000000 MeterRead Meter Meter MeterLabel Total Count 2C MeterLabel MeterRead 0000001 MeterRead Meter Meter MeterLabel Total Count 4C MeterLabel MeterRead 0019034 MeterRead Meter Meter MeterLabel Toner Page Count Y MeterLabel MeterRead 0005848 MeterRead Meter Meter MeterLabel Toner Page Count M MeterLabel MeterRead 0012130 MeterRead M...

Page 593: ...croll the menu with the button on the Touch Panel display and select 09 System Maintenance Select 01 Send RCV D File on the Touch Panel display The display changes to the Fax Mode Select the desired Fax number and press the Start key to send the Fax After the transmission the machine returns to the Stand by Mode Note If there is NO File in the machine this operation will not function Press the Sto...

Page 594: ...he setting on the Panel or by an Automatic Document Size Detection Sensor c Document size is manually set when the Platen is used or is set automatically by the Document Size Detection Sensor d The Transmit Mechanism starts feeding and scanning originals based on the above Document Size Setting e When scanning is completed the Stepping Motor stops rotating and the Lamp Base and Mirror 2 Brackets r...

Page 595: ...595 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 When scanning originals When returning to Standby position Scanning Motor Drive Shaft Assembly Lamp Base Bracket Mirror 2 Bracket ...

Page 596: ...tiple feeding 4 Transmission and Ejection The original is fed into the Registration Roller 1 and when the original actuates the Registration Sensor 2 the Paper Feed Roller stops rotating The Registration Sensor 2 detects the scanning position and the Registration Roller 2 and Transport Roller transport the original while scanning The Stamp Head stamps an X mark on the front of the original after t...

Page 597: ...ough the Selection Guide 2 and is carried beyond the Inverting Roller and lower Pinch Rollers into the Sub Tray again stopping 10 to 20 mm from exiting the rollers The Selection Guide 2 is rotated clockwise by the Pinch Roller Solenoid Assembly and the reverse rotation of the ADF Motor 1 pulls the original back around the Registration Roller 1 however this time the original is routed to the Exit R...

Page 598: ... the 2nd Paper Tray the operation is the same for all 4 trays a The NP Actuators attached to the Paper Feed Blocks No 1 2 3 and 4 determine if there is paper in the paper tray b The paper in the paper tray lifts up the NP Actuator allowing the light from the LED to actuate the NP Sensor NP Sensor NP Actuator Upper Limit Actuator Upper Limit Sensor ...

Page 599: ...ler and is transported c The paper is transported to the Registration Roller activating the Registration Sensor After a specified period of time the Clutch is turned ON and the Registration Roller and the Registration Pinch Roller start rotating The paper is transported to the STR area d The paper passes through the Registration Sensor and after a specified period of time the Clutch is turned OFF ...

Page 600: ...d transported by the Intermediate Roller c The paper is transported to the Registration Roller activating the Registration Sensor After a specified period of time the Clutch is turned ON and the Registration Roller starts rotating The paper is transported to the STR area d The paper passes through the Registration Sensor and after a specified period of time the Clutch is turned OFF The Registratio...

Page 601: ...ate is combined with the coupling which drives the Lift Plate of the machine The Lift Plate rotates lifting the Bottom Plate and the Recording Paper b Once the Bottom Plate and the Recording Paper are raised the Upper Limit Sensor is turned ON The Lift DC Motor stops rotating maintaining the recording paper at the certain level Pickup Roller Feed Roller Bottom Plate Lift Plate ...

Page 602: ...05 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 Paper Tray Recording Paper Size Setting The Recording Paper size in the Paper Feed Module is set on the Touch Panel NP Sensor NP Actuator Lift DC Motor Upper Limit Actuator Upper Limit Sensor ...

Page 603: ...ed to the Separating Roller by the Pick Up Roller The paper is separated into individual sheets by the Separating Roller d The paper is transported to the Registration Roller activating the Registration Sensor e After a specified period of time the Clutch is turned ON and the Registration Roller and the Registration Pinch Roller start rotating After the paper is transported to the Intermediate Rol...

Page 604: ...um is exposed by laser beam the image is written and toner is transferred Pickup Roller Intermediate Transfer Belt Reverse Roller Paper Feed Roller Paper Feed Roller Paper Feed Roller Pickup Roller Polygon Motor First Bias Transfer Roller FTR OPC Y Toner Cartridge Y Toner Cartridge M Toner Cartridge C Toner Cartridge BK OPC M OPC C OPC BK Pickup Roller Pressure Roller Second Bias Transfer Roller S...

Page 605: ...r the paper is driven to the Output Tray A cleaning blade scrapes residual toner from the OPC drum before the next primary color toner is applied to the OPC drum This prevents contamination of the next color layer The cleaning blade is in constant contact with the OPC drum An Intermediate Transfer Belt cleaner scrapes residual toner from the Intermediate Transfer Belt This prevents ghosting of the...

Page 606: ...r attached with the polygon motor The beam is parallel to the collimator lens and is directed at the rotating polygon mirror The polygon mirror rotates at approximately 24 800 to 40 000 constant revolutions per minute This transforms the beam into a horizontally scanning beam which is directed through the primary and the secondary lens altering the beam s angular rotation motion into a constant ho...

Page 607: ...es in contact with the Intermediate Transfer Belt which is rotating at the same speed Located under the Intermediate Transfer Belt at the contact point with the OPC drum the first bias transfer roller carries a charge approximately 8 12 µA for Color mode or 18 µA for Monochrome mode FTR Current This strong potential attracts and holds the toner from the OPC drum to Intermediate Transfer Belt The f...

Page 608: ...eveloping method to mix the carrier to the Toner When the Toner is supplied the Carrier is also supplied a little at the time When the Carrier is increased over the Constant value the unnecessary Carrier is transferred together with the Toner by the Auger A to the Toner Waste Container As a result it realizes the stable developing without maintenance without replacing the developer for a long time...

Page 609: ...The scraped toner is discharged to the Toner Waste Container by the spiral paddle shaft 6 4 7 Induction Heating IH Fusing System Operation After the toner image has been applied to the paper it passes through the Fuser Unit When the Heater Belt Motor starts to rotate the Induction Heating IH Coil is turned on heating the Heat Roller As a result the Heater Belt contacted with the Heat Roller surfac...

Page 610: ...and the Lever is switched to the Upper side the paper is fed by the 2 Way roller and is transported through the lower path and out to the Inner Paper Exit Tray When the Inner Paper Tray is full the Paper Full sensor detects stops printing and displays the Error message on the LCD Panel 2 Outer Exit Tray Finisher with Paper Transfer Unit The Paper Exit path Switching Solenoid keeps ON and the Lever...

Page 611: ...goes OFF and the paper stops in the middle The ADU Path Switching Solenoid goes ON and the Lever switches to the Upper side Then the 2 Way Roller Clutch goes ON and the Roller turns clockwise to feed the paper into the ADU Unit While the single side printed paper is feeding into the ADU the duplex printed paper is also fed out to the Inner Exit Tray to attain higher productivity ADU Pass Sensor 0 ...

Page 612: ...titch Finisher Approx 81 4 lb 37 kg Place the machine on a level and sturdy surface that can withstand the weight of the machine If tilted the machine may tip over causing injuries 3 The maximum power consumption is less than 1 5 kW Depending on the product destination the wall outlet must be rated for 120 VAC or 220 240 VAC accordingly It must also be protected for at least 15 amps for 120 VAC or...

Page 613: ... 1528 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 10 83 in 275 mm 3 46 in 88 mm 55 48 in 1410 mm 70 59 in 1793 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 14 84 in 377 mm 9 88 in 251 mm 55 48 in 1410 mm 84 05 in 2135 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 11 81 in 300 mm 26 38 in 670 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 11 85 in 301 mm 15 11 in 384 mm 32 50 in 826 mm 26...

Page 614: ...tely 360 8 lb 164 kg without any options To prevent injuries use the appropriate number of personnel and the proper equipment to lift or move the machine Note Supplies Toner Cartridges are not included and are sold separately No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 Main Unit 2 1 Paper Size Label 3 1 AC Power Cord 4 1 Operating Instructions Basic Operations 5 1 Operating Instructions Setting Up 6 1 Operatin...

Page 615: ...615 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ...

Page 616: ...wing machine illustrations depict a DP C405 with a standard configuration Caution 1 The scanner is locked in place with a Shipping Screw Blue to prevent damage during transit Do Not plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Power Switches ON before unlocking the scanner see steps 13 14 2 The machine is shipped from the factory with the Shipping Brackets for the Intermediate Transfer Unit and the Fuser U...

Page 617: ... Caution The machine weights approximately 360 8 lb 164 kg To prevent injuries use the appropriate number of personnel and the proper equipment to lift or move the machine Removing the Protective Shipping Materials Caution If the Shipping Materials Blue Screws and Shipping Brackets are not removed as instructed the machine may get damaged when the Power Switches are turned ON 3 Open the Right Side...

Page 618: ... instructed the machine may get damaged when the Power Switches are turned ON 12 Close the Feed Cover 13 Remove the Tape 14 Remove 1 Blue Screw to unlock the Scanner Caution If the Shipping Material Blue Screw is not removed as instructed the machine may get damaged when the Power Switches are turned ON Note Store the Shipping Materials Blue Screws and Shipping Brackets in a safe place for future ...

Page 619: ... 10 to 15 Times to loosen the contents Note Shake it up and down then turn the bottom up and repeat 18 Gently peel the Tape off in the direction of the arrow as illustrated however do not open the Shutter or Toner will spill 19 Insert the Toner Cartridge all the way in Arrow label on the top and pointing to the Unlock Mark ...

Page 620: ...the Paper Tray Note 1 Ensure that all Tapes Packing and Shipping Materials are removed 2 To set the Paper Size for Tray 3 and 4 refer to the System Console 1 DA DS320 and System Console 2 DA DS321 Installation Instructions 24 Remove the Caution Label covering the AC Inlet on the machine 25 Plug the AC Power Cord 26 If required connect the LAN USB Cable not included 27 Turn the Main Power Switch on...

Page 621: ...l display 9 Press the Reset key on the Control Panel to exit the General Settings mode 7 4 2 Set the Customer s Information Register the required information when entering the Service Mode for the first time after the installation of the machine by following the steps below If registration is not completed the registration screen is displayed each time when entering the Service Mode 1 Press the Fu...

Page 622: ...working the day after the customer s information has been registered This prevents the Register Service Action screen from appearing each time when exiting the Service Mode while the machine is being configured during the installation 2 If you don t want the Service History input screen to display go to the Service Mode F9 23 04 setting and then select No When No is selected for the F9 23 04 the S...

Page 623: ...4 Select Quality Adj on the Touch Panel display and then set the Density to the center position Select Black Text Photo Commercial and then select the OK button to set the machine to Mono Text Photo Density 5 Make a copy of Test Chart 53 54 with gray scale P N FQ SJ1011 and verify the density as shown below 6 Press the Reset key twice on the Control Panel to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Se...

Page 624: ...ument and verify the density 6 Press the Reset key twice on the Control Panel to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Service Mode 7 Press the 6 key on the Control Panel and then press the Start key to enter the F6 Service Mode 8 Enter F6 211 Color T P Density lt Mode 9 Select Input on the Touch Panel display 10 Enter the new 2 digit value Note The Reset key is used to enter a Negative value Light...

Page 625: ...Back 5 Select the Close button to exit the Service Mode B Re visiting the customer the 2nd time on the same day Register the required information before exiting the Service Mode 1 Press the Function Copy and the 3 keys simultaneously on the Control Panel 2 Input the password and select the OK button to enter the Service Mode default password is 00000000 3 Press the Function and the C Clear keys si...

Page 626: ...F9 23 04 setting and then select No When No is selected for the F9 23 04 the Service History is not registered and the items already registered in the Service History are turned OFF and cannot be checked or altered If Yes is selected for the F9 23 04 along the way the Service History registration will be started and Service History items already registered are turned ON For more details refer to t...

Page 627: ...Bin Finisher Approx 23 4 lb 10 6 kg DA FS405 1 Bin Saddle Stitch Finisher Approx 81 4 lb 37 kg Place the machine on a level and sturdy surface that can withstand the weight of the machine If tilted the machine may tip over causing injuries 3 The maximum power consumption is less than 1 5 kW Depending on the product destination the wall outlet must be rated for 120 VAC or 220 240 VAC accordingly It...

Page 628: ... 1528 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 10 83 in 275 mm 3 46 in 88 mm 55 48 in 1410 mm 70 59 in 1793 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 14 84 in 377 mm 9 88 in 251 mm 55 48 in 1410 mm 84 05 in 2135 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 11 81 in 300 mm 26 38 in 670 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 11 85 in 301 mm 15 11 in 384 mm 32 50 in 826 mm 26...

Page 629: ...Printer Unit which are shipped separately Please contact your Sales Company for details Scanner Unit Packing Note Supplies Toner Cartridges are not included and are sold separately No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 Printer Unit 2 1 Model Label 3 1 Paper Size Label 4 1 AC Power Cord 5 1 Operating Instructions Basic Operations Except PM 6 1 Operating Instructions Setting Up Except PM 7 1 Operating Inst...

Page 630: ...630 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 1 10 4 7 5 2 6 3 Scanner Unit Packing Printer Unit Packing 1 2 7 8 5 6 9 3 4 8 9 ...

Page 631: ...ing machine illustrations depict a DP C405 with a standard configuration Caution 1 The scanner is locked in place with a Shipping Screw Blue to prevent damage during transit Do Not plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Power Switches ON before unlocking the scanner see steps 37 38 2 The machine is shipped from the factory with the Shipping Brackets for the Intermediate Transfer Unit and the Fuser Un...

Page 632: ... 1 2 DA DS320 DS321 Caution The Printer Unit weights approximately 275 lb 125 kg To prevent injuries use the appropriate number of personnel and the proper equipment to lift or move the Printer Unit Caution The Scanner Unit weights approximately 85 8 lb 39 kg To prevent injuries use the appropriate number of personnel and the proper equipment to lift or move the Scanner Unit Do not lift the Scanne...

Page 633: ... aligning it with the Rear and Side Covers 4 Install the Scanner Base Bracket 5 Secure the Scanner Base Bracket with 5 Screws M4 x 8 6 Install the Scanner Base Bracket Cover 7 Secure the Scanner Base Bracket Cover with 3 Washer head Screws 8 Remove 2 Screws 9 Remove the Rear Scanner Cover ...

Page 634: ...the Harnesses through the access slot on the machine as illustrated 14 Connect the SCN Harness to the pre installed Harness 15 Connect the SCN Harness to CN51 on the SC PC Board 16 Connect the USB Cable to CN65 on the SC PC Board Caution Connect the USB Cable to the upper USB port connector on the SC PC Board 17 Secure the SCN Harness and USB Cable with 1 Harness Clamp ...

Page 635: ...h the Metal Clamp and 1 Screw M3 x 6 21 Secure the Harness with 1 Harness Clamp Caution The Tie Wrap should be located on the lower side of the Harness Clamp as illustrated 22 Connect the Harness to connectors CN58 and CN59 on the SC PC Board 23 Install the Scanner Mounting Bracket 24 Secure the Scanner Mounting Bracket with 2 Screws M3 x 12 25 Reinstall the Rear Scanner Cover removed in step 9 ...

Page 636: ...the Protective Shipping Materials Caution If the Shipping Materials Blue Screws and Shipping Brackets are not removed as instructed the machine may get damaged when the Power Switches are turned ON 28 Remove 2 Tapes 29 Remove 4 Blue Screws 30 Remove 2 Shipping Brackets 31 Close the Right Side Cover 32 Open the Sheet Bypass ...

Page 637: ...s instructed the machine may get damaged when the Power Switches are turned ON 36 Close the Feed Cover 37 Remove the Tape 38 Remove 1 Blue Screw to unlock the Scanner Caution If the Shipping Material Blue Screw is not removed as instructed the machine may get damaged when the Power Switches are turned ON Note Store the Shipping Materials Blue Screws and Shipping Brackets in a safe place for future...

Page 638: ... 10 to 15 Times to loosen the contents Note Shake it up and down then turn the bottom up and repeat 42 Gently peel the Tape off in the direction of the arrow as illustrated however do not open the Shutter or Toner will spill 43 Insert the Toner Cartridge all the way in Arrow label on the top and pointing to the Unlock Mark ...

Page 639: ...l Covers 48 Load paper into the Paper Tray Note 1 Ensure that all Tapes Packing and Shipping Materials are removed 2 To set the Paper Size for Tray 3 and 4 refer to the System Console 1 DA DS320 and System Console 2 DA DS321 Installation Instructions 49 Remove the Caution Label covering the AC Inlet on the machine 50 Plug the AC Power Cord 51 If required connect the LAN USB Cable not included 52 T...

Page 640: ...el display 5 Select 01 Function Param Setting on the Touch Panel display 6 Scroll the menu with the button on the Touch Panel display and select 05 Destination Code and then select the Input buttons 7 Input the new Destination Code and select the OK Close buttons on the Touch Panel display 8 Scroll the menu with the button on the Touch Panel display and select 06 RAM Initialize 9 Select 01 Paramet...

Page 641: ...0000000 3 Select the Yes button to Register the Installation Date 4 Select a business category and then select the OK button on the Touch Panel display The LCD displays 5 Business Categories on the screen and there are 5 screens in total i e 00 Agricultural 01 Bank Finance 02 Communication 03 Construction 04 Design 05 Distribution Retailer 06 Education Library 07 Federal Government 08 Fishing 09 F...

Page 642: ... If you don t want the Service History input screen to display go to the Service Mode F9 23 04 setting and then select No When No is selected for the F9 23 04 the Service History is not registered and the items already registered in the Service History are turned OFF and cannot be checked or altered If Yes is selected for the F9 23 04 along the way the Service History registration will be started ...

Page 643: ...4 Select Quality Adj on the Touch Panel display and then set the Density to the center position Select Black Text Photo Commercial and then select the OK button to set the machine to Mono Text Photo Density 5 Make a copy of Test Chart 53 54 with gray scale P N FQ SJ1011 and verify the density as shown below 6 Press the Reset key twice on the Control Panel to exit to the initial screen of the F2 Se...

Page 644: ...t value Note The Reset key is used to enter a negative value Lighter Darker 11 Select the OK button on the Touch Panel display and then select the Close button 12 Press the 2 key on the Control Panel and then press the Start key to enter the F2 Service Mode 13 Make a copy to confirm the adjustment Note Repeat Step 4 to 13 until desired density is attained Light Part Adjustment F6 210 Color Text De...

Page 645: ... button on the Touch Panel display and select 05 Destination Code and then select the Input buttons 7 Input the new Destination Code and select the OK button on the Touch Panel display 8 Select the Close button three time on the Touch Panel display 9 Press the Function and the C Clear keys simultaneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode 10 Turn the Power Switch on the Left side of the...

Page 646: ...Back 5 Select the Close button to exit the Service Mode B Re visiting the customer the 2nd time on the same day Register the required information before exiting the Service Mode 1 Press the Function Copy and the 3 keys simultaneously on the Control Panel 2 Input the password and select the OK button to enter the Service Mode default password is 00000000 3 Press the Function and the C Clear keys si...

Page 647: ...F9 23 04 setting and then select No When No is selected for the F9 23 04 the Service History is not registered and the items already registered in the Service History are turned OFF and cannot be checked or altered If Yes is selected for the F9 23 04 along the way the Service History registration will be started and Service History items already registered are turned ON For more details refer to t...

Page 648: ... Remarks 1 1 Fax Box 2 1 Speaker Assembly 3 1 USB Cable 4 1 FXB Harness 5 1 Speaker Harness 6 5 Screw Short M3 x 6 7 1 Screw Long M3 x 8 8 2 Clamp A 9 6 Clamp B 10 1 Telephone Line Cable 11 1 TEL LINE Label 12 1 Type Approval Label For Specified Destination only 13 1 Telepermit Label For New Zealand only 14 1 Stamp Solenoid 15 1 Stamp Assembly 16 1 Installation Instructions This document 1 2 3 5 6...

Page 649: ...re beginning installation 1 Connect the FXB Harness to the Fax Box 2 Connect the USB Cable to the Fax Box 3 Connect one end of the Speaker Harness Black to the Fax Box 4 Secure the Speaker Harness with the Harness Clamp 5 Remove 11 Screws 6 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Power to the machine is still ON Please read the entire section 9 1 2 Instal...

Page 650: ...s M3 x 6 9 Connect the other end of the Speaker Harness White to the Speaker Assembly Note For DP C405 Series PB and Other Destinations only 10 Remove 2 Screws 11 Remove the Bracket 12 Dispose of the removed parts appropriately 13 Install the Speaker Assembly 14 Secure the Speaker Assembly with 2 Screws M3 x 6 ...

Page 651: ...ps B 16 Secure the Speaker Harness with 6 Harness Clamps and 1 Edge Saddle 17 Install 1 Clamp B 18 Secure the Speaker Harness with 1 Harness Clamp 19 Connect the FXB Harness to Connector CN64 on the SC PC Board 20 Secure the FXB Harness with 2 Harness Clamps ...

Page 652: ...ect the USB Cable to Connector CN67 on the SC PC Board 23 Secure the USB Cable with 2 Harness Clamps and 1 Edge Saddle 24 Open the ADF Cover 25 Lift the Lower Opening and the Shutting Guide 2 Assembly 26 Lift the ADF Tray Assembly 27 Lower the Inverting Guide 4 Assembly ...

Page 653: ...e the Inverting Guide 3 Assembly 30 Remove 4 Screws Remove 2 Screws for DP C322 Series 31 Remove the Lower Exit Guide 32 Connect the Stamp Harness to the Stamp Solenoid 33 Secure the Stamp Solenoid with 1 Screw M3 x 8 34 Secure the Stamp Harness with the Harness Clamp ...

Page 654: ...that the 2 Keys are properly inserted in the Holes and the Lower Exit Guide is installed Horizontally 36 Install the Stamp Assembly 37 Reinstall all the parts removed in the previous steps and close the ADF Covers 38 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 39 Remove 1 Screw 40 Remove the Cover ...

Page 655: ... and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 46 Connect one end of the Telephone Line Cable to the LINE Jack on the Rear side of the machine and the other end to the Telephone Jack on the wall Reconnect the LAN Cable if disconnected 47 Attach the Type Approval Label for specified destination only on the top of the other labels to the Rear Cover as illustrated Note For N...

Page 656: ...to the ON I position 50 Proceed the communication test to ensure the Fax Option works properly Change from 200 to 1 000 stations Address Book An additional 800 stations 1 000 total are available For DP C405 Series Standard Feature HDD is Standard For DP C354 C322 Series When the optional Hard Disk Drive DA HD32 is installed If you wish to use the 1 000 Address Book please follow the steps below to...

Page 657: ... for the standard 200 Address Book The DP C4xx C3xx C2xx Fax1000 is used for the 1 000 Address Book a An appropriate Address Book Editor module is automatically selected depending on which style of Address Book is activated on the DP C4xx C3xx C2xx b Retrieve the 200 stations Fax Address Book data from the unit as follows 1 Click on START Programs Panasonic Panasonic Document Management System 2 C...

Page 658: ...on the Back of the machine to the OFF position and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 Hardware Key PS KEY 2 1 Software CD Includes Operating Instructions 3 1 Adobe PostScript 3 Label 4 1 Installation Instructions This document 1 Loosen 11 Screws 2 Remove the Rear Cover 1 Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Power to the machine...

Page 659: ...tion of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 5 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 6 Reconnect the Telephone Line LAN Cable if disconnected 7 Update the firmware of the unit to the PS Option firmware Refer to the attached Service Notes 8 Install the PS Software into the PC ...

Page 660: ...display and then select the Yes button After clearing the jobs the machine reboots automatically and returns to the standby mode 1 Updating through a LAN Port The firmware code can be easily updated when the main unit is connected to a LAN If the unit is not connected to a LAN the Network Firmware Update Tool can be used by connecting to the machine using a Cross Cable 1 Install the Network Firmwa...

Page 661: ...f this occurs refer to Section 3 11 7 Firmware Emergency Recovery d The suffix _xx for the Folder Name or File Name may not exist depending on the destination location 2 Updating through the USB Port If the device is not connected to the LAN upgrade the firmware code using the USB Port 1 Install the Local Firmware Update Tool to your PC The Tool can be downloaded from your sales company s Web site...

Page 662: ...er the update is completed the machine reboots itself and returns to standby Confirm the F5 F6 parameters according to the printed lists in Step 3 above if the settings are different Note 1 While updating the firmware code the display may become garbled however it will return to normal upon completion of the firmware update 2 The suffix _xx for the Folder Name or File Name may not exist depending ...

Page 663: ...on 11 Remove the Master Firmware SD Memory Card from the machine 12 Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON I position 13 Reprogram the F5 F6 Parameters according to the lists printed in Step 1 above if the settings are other than factory default Caution If the unit does not boot up properly in Step 8 refer to Section 3 11 7 Firmware Emergency Recovery 4 Creating a Master F...

Page 664: ...ain Power Switch on the Back of the machine to the OFF position and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation No Qty Description Remarks 1 2 Image Memory Board 128 MB PJWPF331MPU 2 1 Installation Instructions This document 1 Loosen 11 Screws 2 Remove the Rear Cover Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Power to the machine is still ON Please read the entire section ...

Page 665: ...he Image Memory Board at a 20 30 angle into the memory socket and then lock it down 4 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 5 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 6 Reconnect the Telephone Line LAN Cable if disconnected ...

Page 666: ...aneously on the Control Panel to exit the Service Mode Note The factory default setting for the Key Operator Password is 00000000 to ensure security it is recommended to change this code It s important not to use easily guessable passwords use a combination of letters and numbers Follow the steps below to change the Key Operator Password Press the Function key on the Control Panel and then select ...

Page 667: ...enu with the button on the Touch Panel display and then select 21 Dept Counter Mode 4 Select Identification Code on the Touch Panel display and then one of the Dept Counter Codes 001 up to 1000 5 Select the Input on the Touch Panel display enter a new Departmental Counter Code up to 8 digit and then select the OK button 6 Enter a desired name in Departmental Counter Data Enter Text field on the To...

Page 668: ...rvice Mode default password is 00000000 3 Press the 9 key on the Control Panel and then press the Start key to enter the F9 Service Mode Unit Maintenance 4 Select 00 Fax Service Mode on the Touch Panel display 5 Scroll the menu with the button on the Touch Panel display and select 06 RAM Initialize 6 Select 09 All Job Clear on the Touch Panel display and then select the Yes button After clearing t...

Page 669: ...e Mode Unit Maintenance 4 Select 00 Fax Service Mode on the Touch Panel display 5 Scroll the menu with the button on the Touch Panel display and select 06 RAM Initialize 6 Select 09 All Job Clear on the Touch Panel display and then select the Yes button After clearing the jobs the machine reboots automatically and returns to the standby mode Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Powe...

Page 670: ...ole 2 Note Refer to the Parts Manual for Part Number s Packing and Accessories detail No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 Paper Tray Unit 2 1 Paper Size Label 3 2 Bracket 4 2 Screw M4 x 8 5 1 Installation Instructions This document No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 Paper Tray Unit 2 1 Paper Size Label 3 2 Bracket 4 2 Screw M4 x 8 5 1 Installation Instructions This document 1 2 3 4 5 ...

Page 671: ...ine to the OFF position and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation 1 Carefully unpack the System Console 1 or 2 and remove all shipping Tesa Tapes 2 Remove 2 Screws 3 Remove the Rear Cover 4 Pull the Handles all the way out to lock them in place Note To release the Handle push on the Release Latch and push the Handle into the machine ...

Page 672: ... appropriate number of personnel and the proper equipment to lift or move the machine 2 The Separate Printer Unit weights approximately 275 lb 125 kg To prevent injuries use the appropriate number of personnel and the proper equipment to lift or move the Printer Unit 6 Loosen 3 Screws 7 Remove the Lower Rear Cover 8 Connect the pre installed Harness in the machine to the pre installed Harness in t...

Page 673: ...M4 x 8 11 Open the Paper Tray 3 12 Fasten the Paper Tray with 1 Thumb Screw Paper Size setting Paper Tray 3 and 4 to your customer s requirement Default Paper Size setting For USA and Canada Paper Tray 3 11 x 17 Ledger Paper Tray 4 11 x 17 Ledger For Europe and Other Destinations Paper Tray 3 A3 Paper Tray 4 A3 ...

Page 674: ...lose the Paper Tray 3 Note For System Console 2 DA DS321 repeat the same steps for the Paper Tray 4 18 Attach the appropriate Paper Size Label s onto the 3rd 4th Paper Tray s as illustrated 19 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 20 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the...

Page 675: ...t must be performed The Printer registration is adjusted at the factory If copy image is abnormal adjust it by the following procedure 9 6 4 1 Printer Registration 1 Insert Ledger or A3 size paper into Tray 2 and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size Empty or pull out all the remaining trays including the Sheet Bypass tray to disable them 2 Press the Function Copy and the 3 keys si...

Page 676: ...xit the Service Mode 9 6 4 3 LSU Image Side to Side Adjustment for the ADU 1 Insert paper into Tray 1 and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size Empty or pull all the remaining trays out including the Sheet Bypass tray to disable them 2 Press the Function Copy and the 3 keys simultaneously on the Control Panel 3 Input the password and select the OK button to enter the Service Mode d...

Page 677: ...plug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 Paper Transport Unit 2 1 Front Cover 3 1 Bracket 4 1 Bracket Cover 5 1 Screw Short A M3 x 6 0 39 N m 4 kgf cm 6 1 Screw Long M3 x 16 0 59 N m 6 kgf cm 7 3 Screw Short B M3 x 6 0 79 N m 8 kgf cm 8 2 Screw Medium M3 x 8 0 59 N m 6 kgf cm 9 1 Installation Instructions This document Note 1 For Finisher Option DA FSxxx ...

Page 678: ...cure the Bracket Cover with 1 Screw Short A Note Do not tighten the Screw Short A too tight as it may crack the plastic Refer to the specified Torque in the table above 5 Remove 1 Screw 6 Remove the Connector Cover 7 Remove 1 Screw 8 Remove the Exit Sub Guide 9 Install the Paper Transport Unit as illustrated ...

Page 679: ... 2 Screws Short B 13 Install the Front Cover 14 Secure the Front Cover with 1 Screw Short B by pushing the Flap downward as illustrated 15 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 16 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 17 Reconnect the Telephone...

Page 680: ...and Accessories detail 9 8 2 Installation CAUTION Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the machine to the OFF position and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 Exit Tray 2 1 Outer Cover Assembly 3 5 Screw M3 x 6 4 1 Installation Instructions This document 1 Insert 2 Screws M3 x 6 first and tighten them...

Page 681: ... 6 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 7 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 8 Reconnect the Telephone Line LAN Cable if disconnected ...

Page 682: ...u begin the installation of your 1 Bin Finisher DA FS402 read these entire instructions 3 Refer to the Parts Manual for Part Number s Packing and Accessories detail No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 1 Bin Finisher 2 1 Finisher Tray Assembly 3 1 Base Bracket 4 1 Front Slide Guide Bracket 5 1 Rear Slide Guide Bracket 6 1 IPC PC Board 7 1 Optional LVPS 8 1 Optional LVPS Harness 9 2 Snap Ring 10 4 Screw ...

Page 683: ... that there will be adequate space for working area Ex Loading paper replacing supplies etc 1 Connect the Optional LVPS Harness to connector CN64 on the Optional LVPS 2 Remove 11 Screws 3 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Power to the machine is still ON Please read the entire section 9 9 2 Installation once again 70 59 in 1793 mm 3 94 in 100 mm 55 ...

Page 684: ...e The Dummy Plug is used for Safety Purposes when removing the Optional LVPS store it in a safe place for future use 6 Release 2 Harnesses from the Harness Clamp 7 Connect the pre installed Harness to the Optional LVPS Harness 8 Connect the pre installed Harnesses to connectors CN65 and CN66 on the Optional LVPS ...

Page 685: ...ard into connector CN535 on the EC PC Board Note Gently insert the IPC PC Board as illustrated 12 Hook the Base Bracket and secure it with 2 Screws M4 x 6 Note It is easier to align the screw holes if you insert the Front Screw first 13 Place the Finisher on the Base Bracket Note Make sure that the 2 Lock Levers Hook into the Guide Brackets properly ...

Page 686: ...ure the Finisher Tray Assembly with 2 Snap Rings 18 Connect the Finisher to the Host Machine with the Interface Cable 19 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 20 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 21 Reconnect the Telephone Line LAN Cable if...

Page 687: ...2 Before you begin the installation of your 1 Bin Saddle Stitch Finisher DA FS405 read these entire instructions 3 Refer to the Parts Manual for Part Number s Packing and Accessories detail No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 1 Bin Saddle Stitch Finisher 2 1 Stapler 3 1 Delivery Tray 4 1 Stand 5 1 Latch Plate 6 6 Screw M3 x 6 7 6 Screw M4 x 7 8 2 Screw M4 x 30 9 1 IPC PC Board 10 1 Optional LVPS 11 1 O...

Page 688: ...tion and shocks caused during transportation Be sure to remove them before using the Finisher Caution The Finisher weights approximately 81 4 lb 37 kg To prevent injuries use the appropriate number of personnel and the proper equipment to lift or move the Finisher Move the Finisher next to the left side of the machine and remove the packing materials using the following procedure 1 Unpack the Stap...

Page 689: ...he Optional LVPS Harness to connector CN64 on the Optional LVPS 2 Remove 11 Screws 3 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Power to the machine is still ON Please read the entire section 9 10 2 Installation once again 4 Release the Harness from the Harness Clamp ...

Page 690: ...e Optional LVPS store it in a safe place for future use 6 Release 2 Harnesses from the Harness Clamp 7 Connect the pre installed Harness to the Optional LVPS Harness 8 Connect the pre installed Harnesses to connector CN65 and CN66 on the Optional LVPS 9 Install the Optional LVPS 10 Secure the Optional LVPS with 2 Screws M3 x 6 ...

Page 691: ...e to attach the Latch Plate to the Host Machine 14 Remove the 2 Protective Tabs using a Phillips type Screwdriver as illustrated 15 Remove the 2 Protective Tabs using a Nipper or a Cutter 4 Attaching the Finisher to the Host Machine Caution Be sure install both the Finisher and Host Machine on a level floor A stepped or slanted floor can result in improper paper feed 1 Fit the hooks of the Stand i...

Page 692: ...g the Finisher in place be sure to insert the lower tabs of the Finisher into the holes on top of the Slider Ensure that there is no gap between the Finisher and the Stand A gap would indicate the Finisher is overlapping Remove and re mount the Finisher correctly 4 Align the positioning lines of the Finisher and the Stand Keep checking the alignment by moving the Finisher back and forth and tighte...

Page 693: ...7 Close the Front Door of the Finisher 8 Place the Bracket in its original position then secure it with Screws Slide the Finisher toward the Host Machine and connect it to the Host Machine 9 Attach the Label as illustrated 10 Connect the Finisher to the Host Machine with the Interface Cable Caution Before connecting the Interface Cable make sure to turn the Power Switch and the Main Power Switch o...

Page 694: ...is not latched properly loosen 2 Screws and adjust the height using the adjusters 12 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 13 Plug the AC Power Cord into the wall outlet and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 14 Reconnect the Telephone Line LAN Cable if disconnected ...

Page 695: ... Relay Harness 4 1 Jam Removal Label 5 1 Punch Dust Label 6 1 Screw M4 x 6 7 1 Installation Instructions This Document 1 Removing the Packing Material 1 Take the Punch Unit and the accessories out of the package 2 Remove the Tapes securing the Covers and the Front Door 2 Preparations for Finisher Installation 1 Turn OFF the Host Machine and disconnect the Interface Cable of the Finisher from the H...

Page 696: ...s open the Jam Access Door and detach the Front Cover 7 Close the Jam Access Door 8 Remove 2 Screws on the paper supply side of the Finisher 9 Remove 1 Screw on the paper ejection side of the Finisher and detach the Rear Cover Screws Screw Release Lever Front Cover Jam Access Cover Latch Latch Rear Cover Screws Screw Rear Cover ...

Page 697: ...Screws on the back of the Finisher and detach the Upper Right Cover Assembly 3 Attaching to the Finisher 1 Unlock the Latches and remove the Upper Right Cover Assembly outward then remove the Upper Right Cover Upper Right Cover Assembly Screws Screws Upper Right Cover Assembly Upper Right Cover Latch ...

Page 698: ...r supply section of the Finisher as shown below 3 Secure the Punch Unit to the Finisher with the original 2 Screws White M4 X 6 and the enclosed 1 Screw Screw with Threaded Star Washer M4 x 6 Latch Positioning Pin Punch Base Cover Screw Screw Screw with Threaded Star Washer ...

Page 699: ...r to the Punch Unit 5 Close the Upper Cover 6 Secure the Upper Right Cover to the Finisher with the original 2 Screws White M4 x 6 7 Attach the Jam Removal Instruction Label in your desired language to the Label Frame on the Upper Right Cover Upper Right Cover Upper Cover Punch Unit Screws Upper Right Cover Upper Right Cover Jam Removal Instruction Label Punch Dust Label ...

Page 700: ... Board as follows J1004 J003 9 Connect the other end of the Punch Relay Harnesses to the Finisher Controller Circuit Board as follows CN14 CN12 Punch Controller Circuit Board J1004 J1003 Punch Relay Harness Punch Relay Harness 1 2 Punch Relay Harness Punch Relay Harness CN14 CN12 Finisher Controller Circuit Board 1 2 ...

Page 701: ...ver attach it with the Side Guide being on the inside of the Front Cover See the illustration on the left If the Front Cover is attached with the Side Guide being on the outside the up and down operation of Ejection Tray may malfunction 12 Loosen 2 Screws securing the Finisher and Finisher Frame Punch Relay Harness Harness Guide Harness Clamp Punch Relay Harness Finisher Controller Circuit Board S...

Page 702: ...Tighten 2 Screws loosened in step 12 15 Attach the Finisher to the Host Machine and connect the Interface Cable of the Finisher to the Host Machine 16 Plug the AC Power Cord into the wall outlet and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 17 Reconnect the Telephone Line LAN Cable if disconnected Host Machine Latch Plate Punch B...

Page 703: ...ower Switch on the Left Side and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the machine to the OFF position and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 ADF Front Cover 2 1 ADF Caution Label 3 1 Operating Instructions 1 Open the ADF Unit 2 Remove 2 Screws 3 Remove the ADF Front Cover 4 Install the new ADF Front Cover 5 Secure the ADF Front Cover with 2 S...

Page 704: ...ated 8 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 9 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 10 Reconnect the Telephone Line LAN Cable if it was disconnected ...

Page 705: ...ries detail 9 13 2 Installation CAUTION Turn the Power Switch on the Left Side and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the machine to the OFF position and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation Two 2 Mechanical Counters can be installed as Counter 1 and 2 No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 Mechanical Counter 2 1 MC Bracket 3 1 Screw 1 Open the Front Cover 2 Remove 1 Screw 3 Remov...

Page 706: ...1 Screw each Note Upper Counter 1 Lower Counter 2 8 Remove the Protective Tab s on the Mechanical Counter Cover using a Nipper or a Cutter 9 Secure the Mechanical Counter Cover with 1 Screw that was removed in step 2 10 Close the Front Cover 11 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 12 Reconnect the ...

Page 707: ...4 Select 175 Mechanical Counter 1 on the Touch Panel display 5 Select a Counter Type on the Touch Panel display and then select the OK button Note For one 1 counter skip to step 9 For two 2 counters follow the steps below 6 Select 176 Mechanical Counter 2 on the Touch Panel display 7 Select a Counter Type on the Touch Panel display and then select the OK button 8 Press the Reset key on the Control...

Page 708: ...r Assembly 3 1 RLB PC Board 4 2 Connector Cover 5 1 Harness Cover 6 1 Heater Switch 7 1 HT1 Harness 8 1 HT3 Harness 9 1 HT4 Harness 10 1 HT6 Harness 11 1 SW4 Harness 12 1 SW4C Harness 13 1 RLB Harness 14 1 Heater Power Label 15 1 Power Label 16 1 Caution Label 17 2 Edge Saddle 18 6 Harness Clamp Black 19 6 Harness Clamp 20 4 Harness Clamp 21 2 Harness Clamp 22 2 Spacer 23 2 Metal Spacer 24 4 Screw...

Page 709: ...709 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 Illustration of Contents 1 2 14 15 16 17 19 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 27 ...

Page 710: ...F position and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation 1 Remove 11 Screws 2 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Power to the machine is still ON Please read the entire section 9 14 2 Installation once again 3 Remove 2 Screws 4 Remove the Paper Tray s Rear Cover 5 Remove 5 Screws 6 Remove the Left Cover ...

Page 711: ...isconnect 5 Harnesses on the SC PCB CN52 CN53 and the EC PCB CN519 CN520 and the intermediate connector 8 Release the Harnesses from 14 Harness Clamps 9 Release the Harnesses from 3 Harness Clamps 10 Remove 2 Screws 11 Remove the NFL 2 Bracket ...

Page 712: ...rness on the NFL PCB CN132 13 Remove 5 Screws 14 Remove the LVPS Unit 15 Disconnect the Harness on the NFL PCB CN133 16 Remove 2 Screws 17 Remove the NFL PCB Assembly 18 Release the Harnesses from the Edge Saddle 19 Remove 2 Screws 20 Remove the LVPS Duct Cover ...

Page 713: ...ps 22 Remove 6 Screws 23 Remove 3 Screws 24 Remove the LVPS Bracket 25 Disconnect the Fan Harness 26 Install 2 Spacers 22 27 Install 2 Metal Spacers 23 28 Secure the Metal Spacer with 1 Screw 24 29 Install the RLB PC Board 3 into the spacers 30 Secure the RLB PC Board with 2 Screws 24 ...

Page 714: ...ecure the side Screws first 32 Connect one end of the RLB Harness 13 Red to connector CN171 on the RLB PC Board 33 Connect the other end of the RLB Harness White to connector CN134 on the NFL PC Board 34 Remove 1 Screw 35 Remove the Ground Harness 36 Remove 1 Screw 37 Remove the LSU Fan 38 Pull out the 1st Paper Tray ...

Page 715: ...Remove the Front Left Cover 41 Remove the Protective Tab using a Nipper or a Cutter 42 Attach the Heater Power Label 14 to the Front Left Cover as illustrated 43 Remove 2 Screws 44 Remove the Front Left Cover Bracket 45 Install the Heater Switch 6 as illustrated ...

Page 716: ...rs of the SW4 Harness 11 to the Heater Switch 47 Route the SW4 Harness through the hole in the frame as illustrated 48 Install the Front Left Cover Bracket Assembly 49 Secure the Front Left Cover Bracket Assembly with 2 Screws 50 Secure the SW4 Harness with 2 Harness Clamps ...

Page 717: ... Connect one end of the SW4C Harness to the SW4 Harness 53 Secure the SW4C Harness with 2 Harness Clamps 54 Install 2 Harness Clamps 21 55 Secure the SW4C Harness with 2 Harness Clamps 56 Connect one end of the HT1 Harness 7 Black to connector CN173 on the RLB PC Board 57 Secure the HT1 Harness with 4 Harness Clamps ...

Page 718: ...the SW4C Harness to connector CN176 on the RLB PC Board 59 Reinstall the LVPS Assembly 60 Release the Fan Harness from 2 Clamps and 1 Edge Saddle 61 Disconnect the Fan Harness 62 Remove 2 Screws 63 Remove the Fan Assembly 64 Install 3 Harness Clamps 20 ...

Page 719: ...nstall 6 Harness Clamps 19 66 Secure the HT1 Harness with 3 Harness Clamps 67 Route the HT1 Harness through the hole in the frame as illustrated 68 Secure the HT1 Harness with 6 Harness Clamps 69 Remove 2 Screws 70 Remove the Rear Scanner Cover ...

Page 720: ...720 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 71 Connect the HT1 Harness to the connector 72 Open the ADF 73 Remove 2 Screws 74 Remove the Right Platen Cover 75 Remove the Glass Assembly ...

Page 721: ...e Scanning Lamp to the right side 77 Remove 4 Black Screws Note This allows the removal of the Control Panel Unit in the following steps 78 Adjust the Control Panel to the 4th position 79 Loosen 1 Screw 80 Loosen 1 Screw 81 Remove the Back Panel Cover ...

Page 722: ...st the Control Panel to the 2nd position 83 Unhook and remove the Damper Spring 84 Remove the Control Panel Unit by pulling it in the illustrated direction 85 Disconnect the Harnesses on the PNL1 PC Board 86 Remove the Scanner Front Cover Assembly ...

Page 723: ...3 Harness 8 to the Connector 89 Install 2 Edge Saddles 17 90 Route one end of the HT3 Harness Short through the left side hole in the frame as illustrated 91 Route the other end of the HT3 Harness Long through the right side hole in the frame as illustrated 92 Install 2 Connector Covers 4 to end of the HT3 Harnesses ...

Page 724: ...ver Assembly with 1 Screw 25 95 Secure the HT3 Harness with 5 Harness Clamps and 2 Edge Saddles 96 Install 1 Harness Clamp 18 97 Install the Scanner Heater Assembly 1 98 Secure the Scanner Heater Assembly with 1 Screw 25 99 Connect the Heater Harness to the Connector 100 Secure the Heater Harness with the Harness Clamp ...

Page 725: ...amp 20 102 Connect one end of the HT4 Harness 9 Black to connector CN172 on the RLB PC Board 103 Hook the HT4 Harness with 2 Latch Hooks 104 Secure the HT4 Harness with 2 Harness Clamps 105 Secure the Ground Harness with 1 Screw 25 106 Pull out the 3rd 4th Paper Tray ...

Page 726: ...ed 108 Install the Paper Tray Heater Assembly 109 Secure the Paper Tray Heater Assembly with 2 Screws 25 110 Secure the Ground Harness with 1 Screw 26 111 Install the Harness Cover 5 112 Secure the Harness Cover with 1 Screw 25 113 Connect one end of the HT6 Harness 10 to the Connector 114 Secure the HT6 Harness with 5 Harness Clamps ...

Page 727: ...17 Attach the Power Label 15 to the Rear Cover Assembly as illustrated 118 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 119 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 120 Reconnect the Telephone Line Cable if it was disconnected ...

Page 728: ...ft Side and the Main Power Switch on the Back of the machine to the OFF position and then unplug the AC Power Cord before beginning installation No Qty Description Remarks 1 1 Hardware Key DDS UNLOCK KEY 2 1 Installation Instructions This document 1 Loosen 11 Screws 2 Remove the Rear Cover Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Power to the machine is still ON Please read the entire s...

Page 729: ...lustrated Do not force the Hardware Key into the connector if facing the wrong way 4 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 5 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 6 Install the Document Distribution System software not included into the PC by f...

Page 730: ...n Connectors Small 1 Relay Harness A For DP C354 C322 Series All White 36 Pin Connectors Large 3 1 Harness B 4 1 Coin Vendor Harness C With D SUB Connector 5 2 PCB Spacer 6 2 Screw 7 2 Harness Clamp Large 8 1 Counter Relay Harness For DP C405 C354 Series 9 1 Coin Relay Harness 10 1 D SUB Relay Harness 11 1 Harness Clamp Large 12 1 Installation Instructions This document 8 9 10 12 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ...

Page 731: ...g the AC Power Cord before beginning installation 1 Loosen 11 Screws 2 Remove the Rear Cover Caution If the LED on the SC PC Board is lit ON the Power to the machine is still ON Please read the entire section 9 16 2 Installation once again 3 Bend the Protective Tab on the Rear Cover approx 180 towards the inside of the machine as illustrated 4 Remove 11 Screws 5 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly ...

Page 732: ...rd as illustrated 8 Secure the PC Board with 2 Screws 9 Disconnect the Original Harness from CN504 on the EC PCB Note Relay Harness A For DP C405 Series White Red Combination Harness with 32 Pin Connectors Small For DP C354 C322 Series All White Harness with 36 Pin Connectors Large 10 Connect the Relay Harness A to CN504 11 Connect the Original Harness and the Relay Harness A ...

Page 733: ... Clamp from Medium to Large 14 Secure the Harnesses with the Harness Clamps 15 Connect the Counter Relay Harness to CN902 on the Coin Vendor PCB 16 Connect the Counter Relay Harness and Relay Harness A 17 Secure the Harnesses with the Harness Clamps 18 Connect the Harness B to CN530 and CN531 on the EC PCB ...

Page 734: ...nnect the Harness B and Coin Relay Harness 21 Secure the Harnesses with the Harness Clamps 22 Connect the D SUB Relay Harness to CN903 on the Coin Vendor PCB 23 Replace 1 Harness Clamp from Medium to Large 24 Connect the D SUB Relay Harness and Coin Vendor Harness C 25 Secure the Harnesses with 7 Harness Clamps ...

Page 735: ... the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine to the ON position 29 Reconnect the Telephone Line LAN Cable if disconnected For DP C322 Series 30 Install 2 PCB Spacers 31 Install the Coin Vendor PC Board as illustrated 32 Secure the PC Board with 2 Screws 33 Disconnect the Original Harness from CN504 on the EC PCB 34 Connect the Relay Harness A to CN504 35 Connect the Original Harness and the R...

Page 736: ...nd the Coin Vendor Harness C 40 Replace the Harness Clamp from Small to Large and secure the Coin Vendor Harness C 41 Proceed with the installation of other options If finished reinstall all Harnesses and Covers 42 If necessary connect the Coin Vendor Harness to the Coin Vendor 43 Plug the AC Power Cord and turn the Main Power Switch on the Back and the Power Switch on the Left Side of the machine...

Page 737: ...ntainer User Code indicator operates as follows A Blinking Maintenance and Toner Waste Container Indicators The machine will complete the current job and stop operating To continue using the machine temporarily while waiting for a replacement container press any key approximately 300 additional copies can be made B Steady Maintenance and Toner Waste Container Indicators Upon reaching approximately...

Page 738: ... and so on Note This feature works when 158 PC Remote Update has been set to Valid in the Function Settings Fax Email Settings The factory setting of 158 PC Remote Update is Invalid For instructions on how to modify the factory setting refer to Fax Email Settings of the Operating Instructions For Function Settings on provided CDROM Command Password set parameters Internet Internet Internet Fax Int...

Page 739: ...rogrammed as local station information in the Function Settings 2 The remote password that has been defined as an Internet parameter local station information for this set Entry get Retrieval parameters Internet parameters addr Address book jnl Transaction journal password Remote password predefined as an entry item of local station information about this machine Example 123456789 Enter the passwo...

Page 740: ... all times 2 Leave other fields such as CC and Bcc blank 10 1 5 Handling the Transaction Journal 1 When the transaction journal is retrieved convert it into a fixed width font for example Terminal or Courier and align its data on the computer 2 Another email message Internet Fax Return Receipt is sent to the email address of the administrator preprogrammed as own information of this machine to rep...

Page 741: ...xt delete it to prevent possible errors The information that follows the symbol may be deleted or retained it will be ignored by this machine anyway 4 Edit a parameter and or add additional Sender Name s or Domain Name s 5 When the editing is completed select Save As from the File menu and save the file as an updated file with txt extension as a backup 6 Email the edited version of information to ...

Page 742: ...s SYSTEM P ARAMETER List STATION PANASONIC EMAIL ifax2 panasonic com DATE TIME MMM dd yyyy 12 34 Internet parameters IP ADDRESS 192 168 3 21 SUBNET MASK 255 255 255 0 SMTP SERVER es1 panasonic com DEF ROUTER 192 168 3 22 DNS SERVER 192 168 3 1 2 ND DNS SER VER 0 0 0 0 POP SERVER es1 panasonic com POP USER NAME ifax2 sender 01 PANASONIC ifax panasonic com 02 PCC ifax2 pcc panasonic com end select d...

Page 743: ...Internet parameters need to be programmed a Default domain up to 50 characters The syntax is domain Default domain b Administrator email address up to 60 characters The syntax is manager administrator email address c Relay password up to 10 characters The syntax is relay relay password d Remote password up to 10 characters The syntax is remote remote password The remote password must be enclosed w...

Page 744: ...s are to remain blank insert a semi colon for each blank field The data string for each station should be defined within a single line The syntax is Entry number Station name Keyname Station address Routing subaddress Routing idnumber Favorite Address kind Address Book Email Example From Your Machine ifax2 panasonic com Subject Your Machine s SYSTEM PARAMETER List To user1 panasonic com Your Machi...

Page 745: ... to 36 digits of the station being pro grammed e Routing subaddress sub address to be used for routing up to 20 digit f Routing id number TSI to be used for routing up to 20 digit g Favorite Favorite email address to be used h Address kind Email address to be used for scanner i The End Receiving Station s telephone number is entered after the hash sign 3 select domain to end Defines the Program Ke...

Page 746: ... The Overwrite Warning message is not displayed in the email that is returned from this machine To delete the entire data in the address book enter the following command on the line in the Subject field in the email Note Executing the delete command will clear the address book resetting it to its factory setting set abbr password This password is a remote password preprogrammed as local station in...

Page 747: ...ment with text data alone 5 554 MIME format not supported An unsupported MIME type was transmitted Resend the document with text data alone 6 554 Fax relay permission denied The name of the domain requesting relay is not preprogrammed 7 554 Relay address unknown The telephone number of the final receiving station requesting relay is unknown 8 554 Memory fully Fax module Fax memory is full Resend l...

Page 748: ...of destination selection entry data is not complete within a single line 13 Warning error line The input format is invalid or the input character string exceeds the maximum allowable character length Fix and resend 14 Data is too long The character length of the station name domain name sender name program name or the like is too long Fix the character length and resend 15 There is an error in the...

Page 749: ...TDC_C M M M Bottle Motor C 5302 Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_Y Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_M Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_C Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_K Bottle Motor M 5302 Bottle Motor Y 5302 STR Cam Sensor 2 STR Cam Sensor 1 FTR Cam Sensor 2 FTR Cam Sensor 1 M IH Fan 4804 Bottle Motor BK 5302 M M Paper Feed Motor 6126 Drum Motor 1 5903 1 5A 2 2A M M Drum Motor 2 5901 Developer Motor 2 5902 2A...

Page 750: ...ional Intermediate Roller Clutch 6813 2 Way Roller Clutch 2731 ADU Paper Guide Solenoid 23212 2 Way Inverting Roller Clutch 2731 ADU Roller Clutch 1 2313 ADU Roller Clutch 2 2731 STR Solenoid 2533 Bottle Motor C 5302 Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_Y Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_M Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_C Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_K Bottle Motor BK 5302 STR Cam Sensor 2 STR Cam Sensor 1 FTR ...

Page 751: ...r Tray2 2001 Lift Motor Tray4 2001 Optional Paper Feed Motor 6808 Lift Motor Tray3 2001 Optional Intermediate Roller Clutch 6813 2 Way Roller Clutch 2731 ADU Paper Guide Solenoid 23212 2 Way Inverting Roller Clutch 2731 ADU Roller Clutch 1 2313 ADU Roller Clutch 2 2731 STR Solenoid 2533 Bottle Motor C 5302 Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_Y Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_M Bottle Lock Detection Sensor_C...

Page 752: ...752 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 DP C405 C305 C265 memo ...

Page 753: ...ry out saddle stitching 2 Three Different Auto Stapling Positions Three stapling positions Front 1 point stapling Rear 1 point stapling and Middle 2 point stapling are supported 3 Saddle Stitching A maximum of ten sheets of paper can be delivered stapled and folded in the middle 4 Punch Mechanism Option Installation of a Punch Unit enables punching holes in sheets before delivery 64 to 133 g m2 pa...

Page 754: ...k of 6 to 10 sheets 10 sets Stack of 2 to 5 sheets 20 sets DA FS356 FS325 Stack of 6 to 10 sheets 10 sets Stack of 2 to 5 sheets 20 sets To avoid the paper from falling out of the bin due to paper curl while copying in duplex mode empty the bin when the stack of paper reaches about halfway of the maximum paper capacity 17 lb or 64 g m2 20 lb or 80 g m2 Paper Detection Delivery tray Yes Bind tray Y...

Page 755: ...apling A3 A4 A4 R B4 B5 LDR LGL LTR LTR R FLS2 Middle 2 Point Stapling A3 A4 A4 R B4 B5 LDR LGL LTR LTR R FLS2 Middle 2 Point Stapling A3 A4 R B4 LDR LTR R With the saddle in use Manual Stapling None Folding Method Roller contact Folding Mode Double folding single sheet non stapling available Folding Position Center of sheet Requires a margin of 0 08 in 2 mm in the center of the sheet for a middle...

Page 756: ...0 16 in 74 2 4 mm 7 65 0 16 in 194 2 4 mm 0 2 0 08 in 5 2 mm LGL or LTR R 8 5 FLS 1 67 0 16 in 42 5 4 mm 6 4 0 16 in 162 5 4 mm 0 2 0 08 in 5 2 mm B4 or B5 2 48 0 16 in 63 4 mm 7 2 0 16 in 183 4 mm A3 3 27 0 16 in 83 4 mm 1 5 mm 1 210 2 0 mm 2 148 5 2 0 mm 2 7 99 0 16 in 203 4 mm A4 R 1 56 0 16 in 39 5 4 mm 6 28 6 16 in 159 5 4 mm LDR 2 92 0 16 in 74 2 4 mm 7 65 0 16 in 194 2 4 mm LTR R 1 67 0 16 ...

Page 757: ...0 g m2 No transparencies Punch Hole Diameter 2 3 hole Punch Unit DA SP41 PU 2 hole 0 31 in 8 0 mm 3 hole 0 31 in 8 0 mm For USA and Canada 2 4 hole Punch Unit DA SP41 PB 6 5 mm For EU and Other Destinations Punch Waste 2 3 hole Punch Unit DA SP41 PU 2 hole 1500 sheets 3 hole 1500 sheets For USA and Canada 2 4 hole Punch Unit DA SP41 PB 1500 sheets For EU and Other Destinations Size W x D x H 3 54 ...

Page 758: ...3 mm A3 A4 1 24 0 12 in 31 5 3 mm LDR LTR 2 87 0 12 in 73 3 mm LGL LTR R 1 1 1 1 3 15 0 04 in 80 1 mm 0 47 0 12 in 12 3 mm 2 76 0 04 in 70 1 mm 0 47 0 12 in 12 3 mm 4 25 0 04 in 108 1 mm 4 25 0 04 in 108 1 mm 0 47 0 12 in 12 3 mm 3 15 0 04 in 80 1 mm 0 47 0 12 in 12 3 mm 3 15 0 04 in 80 1 mm 3 15 0 04 in 80 1 mm 1 2 Holes Puncher Unit J1 2 2 3 Holes Puncher Unit K1 3 4 Holes Puncher Unit G1 ...

Page 759: ...1 1 3 1 Cross Section 1 Finisher Unit Fig 1 004 1 Delivery Tray 2 Aligning Plate Front Rear 3 Paddle 4 Delivery Roller 5 Processing Tray Stopper 6 Feed Roller 7 Punch Unit Option 8 Delivery Belt 9 Stack Delivery Roller 10 Stapler 11 Saddle Unit 1 2 3 8 9 10 11 4 5 6 7 ...

Page 760: ...r 2 Bind Tray 3 Stack Feed Roller 4 Bind Delivery Roller 5 Paper Fold Roller 6 Paper Pushing Plate 1 Die 2 Cam 3 Hole Puncher Punch Blade 4 Punch Waste Case No Item Timing 1 Staple Cartridge Replacement When prompted indicator on host machine control panel 2 Punch Waste Removal Optional When prompted indicator on host machine control panel 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 ...

Page 761: ...chine in addition to the commands from the Finisher Controller PCB The Punch Unit option is designed for installation to the Pickup Assembly of the Finisher and is used to punch holes in sheets coming from the Host Machine The above operations are controlled with various commands from the Finisher Controller PCB as well as the commands from the Punch Controller PCB Fig 2 001 Caution The position o...

Page 762: ...rs and switches to the Host Machine by way of the serial communication line The ICs mounted to the Finisher Controller PCB have the following functions IC13 CPU Controls sequence of operations IC12 EEP ROM Backs up adjustment settings IC6 EP ROM Stores sequence programs IC11 communication IC Communicates with the host machine IC1 regulator IC Generates 5 V Fig 2 001 shows the flow of signals betwe...

Page 763: ... 3 2 PI4 CN23 3 1 2 5V F JOG_HP CN4 3 2 PI5 CN36 3 1 2 5V R JOG_HP CN5 13 15 14 Inlet Sensor Finisher Controller PCB When the sensor detects paper 1 When the paddle is at home position 1 When the swing guide is at home position 1 When the aligning plate Front is at home position 1 When the aligning plate Rear is at home position 1 When the sensor detects paper 1 When the delivery belt is at home p...

Page 764: ...ensor Staple Fold Motor Clock Sensor Shift Upper Limit Sensor Shift Lower Limit Sensor Shift Motor Clock Sensor Front Door Sensor Upper Cover Sensor Full Stack Sensor Joint Switch Front Door Switch Stapler Safety Switch Finisher Controller PCB When at folding home position 0 When the stack feed roller Upper is at home position 1 When the sensor detects paper 1 When the tray is at the upper limit 1...

Page 765: ...ccording to the direction of motor rotation Switches between 1 and 0 according to the direction of motor rotation Switches between 1 and 0 according to the direction of motor rotation CN72 CN56 2 5 CN10 1 2 3 3 1 4 4 5 6 6 24V FEEDMTR_A FEEDMTR_ A FEEDMTR_B FEEDMTR_ B M2 6 5 1 2 CN10 7 8 4 3 9 3 4 10 2 5 11 1 6 12 24V PDLMTR_A PDLMTR_ A PDLMTR_B PDLMTR_ B CN57 M1 6 5 1 2 CN13 1 2 4 3 3 3 4 4 2 5 5...

Page 766: ...2 006 2 1 2 1 SIFTMTR_1 SIFTMTR_0 Shift Motor Finisher Controller PCB Switches between and according to the direction of motor rotation CN70 2 1 2 1 CN6 1 2 CN70 M6 2 1 2 1 BINDMTR_1 BINDMTR_0 Staple Fold Motor Switches between and according to the direction of motor rotation CN71 CN6 3 4 M7 ...

Page 767: ...e staple is at top the stapler 0 When the stapler is connected 0 Switches between 1 and 0 according to the direction of motor rotation Communication line PI19 CN72 4 CN72A 4 CN72A 4 STPL_HP CN11 4 5V 5V PI20 CN72 3 CN72A 3 CN72A 3 HOOK_S CN11 5 5V PI21 CN72 2 CN72A 2 CN72A 2 SELF_P STPL_CNCT SLIDMTR_A SLIDMTR_ A SLIDMTR_B SLIDMTR_ B GND CN11 6 5V CN72 1 CN72A 1 CN72A 1 CN11 7 CN72 6 CN72A 6 CN72A ...

Page 768: ...REG1 SREG2 SREG3 SREG4 PAEND J1006 7 9 8 J1005 1 2 J1005 3 4 J1007 12 11 10 9 8 7 13 Punch Home Position Sensor Horizontal Registration Home Position Sensor Punch Motor Clock Sensor LED121 Waste full LED PCB PT131 Waste Full Photosensor PCB Photosensor PCB PT1 PT2 PT3 PT4 PT5 Punch Controller PCB When the hole puncher is at home position 0 When the punch slide unit is at home position 1 When the l...

Page 769: ...DON2 LEDON1 A B A B J1007 6 1 5 4 3 2 Punch Motor Horizontal Registration Motor LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 LED PCB Punch Controller PCB When 1 LED goes ON Switches between and according to the direction of motor rotation Switches the pulse signals according to the rotation of the motor M1P J1002 1 2 M2P J1001 1 2 3 4 ...

Page 770: ...n is installed the sheets are punched and delivered to the Delivery Tray Sheets may be delivered in either of five ways including one for the Punch Unit Fig 2 010 1 Normal Delivery a Simple Stacking The Machine pulls in the sheet once to the processing tray and then delivers it to the Delivery Tray Fig 2 011 Delivery method Normal delivery Punching Simple stacking Job offset Stapling Front 1 point...

Page 771: ...ligning plane When the number of sheets stacked on the Processing Tray reaches a specified value the sheets are delivered in a form of a stack Even if the specified value is not reached stacked sheets are temporarily delivered when 10 sheets of large size paper 300 mm or longer or 30 sheets of small size paper 299 mm or shorter have been stacked 5 and STMT sizes 10 sheets Fig 2 012 Results of offs...

Page 772: ... on the Processing Tray reaches a specified value the Finisher staples them and delivers the stapled stack to the Delivery Tray Fig 2 013 d Saddle Delivery The Machine deposits a stack of sheets on the Processing Tray staples it middle 2 point and then moves it to the Saddle Unit The Saddle Unit folds the stack in two and delivers it to the Bind Tray Fig 2 014 ...

Page 773: ...nisher Controller PCB The paper path is equipped with the sensors shown in Table 2 002 used to monitor the arrival or passage of sheets If a sheet fails to arrive at or move past a specific sensor within a specific period of time the Finisher Controller will assume a jam and stops the ongoing operation and at the same time communicates the presence of a jam to the Host Machine Table 2 001 Notation...

Page 774: ...t Motor Drive Signal SIFTMTR Delivery Motor Drive Signal EJCTMTR Slide Motor Drive Signal SLIDMTR Staple Fold Motor Drive Signal BINDMTR Staple Fold Motor Clock Detect Signal BIND_CLK Alignment Plate Motor rear drive signal RJOGMTR Bind Clutch Drive Signal B_CLU Feed Motor Drive Signal FEEDMTR Paddle Motor Drive Signal PDLMTR M4 M5 M2 M1 CL M7 M3 M6 M8 PI14 ...

Page 775: ...02 Notation Name Description Connector on Finisher Controller PCB PI1 Inlet Sensor Photo Interrupter CN16 PI10 Fold Position Sensor Photo Interrupter CN16 Finisher Controller PCB Inlet paper detect signal ENT_P Fold position paper detect signal BIND_P PI1 PI10 ...

Page 776: ...her Controller PCB drives the Aligning Plate Front Motor M4 and the Aligning Plate Rear Motor M5 to return the two aligning plates to their home positions Table 2 003 Fig 2 017 Sensor Symbol Connector Function Motor Symbol Aligning Plate Front Home Position Sensor PI4 CN4 3 Drives the Aligning Plate Front Aligning Plate Front Motor M4 Aligning Plate Rear Home Position Sensor PI5 CN5 15 Drives the ...

Page 777: ...h sheet is pulled forward or backward using the Aligning Plate Front and the Aligning Plate Rear The offset operation is performed each time a sheet is pulled onto the Processing Tray Fig 2 019 Offsetting in the forward direction Fig 2 020 Offsetting in the backward direction Paper Aligning Plate Paddle Stack Delivery Roller Upper Swing Guide Processing Tray Stopper Stack Delivery Roller Lower Del...

Page 778: ... is driven a specified number of pulses causing the Swing Guide to ascend Next the Paper Delivery Motor is driven Next the Delivery Motor is driven to deliver the paper stack with the nails of the Delivery Belt that rotates in sync with the Stack Delivery Rollers Fig 2 021 Job offset sequence Fig 2 022 Swing Guide Inlet Sensor PI1 Start signal 360msec 360msec 60msec 30msec 220msec CW rotation CCW ...

Page 779: ... number of pulses The Stapler Unit moves to rear standby position at the back of the Machine entering the standby state Table 2 004 Fig 2 023 Sensor Symbol Connector Function Remarks Slide Home Position Sensor PI18 CN11 3 Detects the home position for the stapler moving back and forth Staple Home Position Sensor PI19 CN11 4 Detects the home position for the stapling operation In the stapler Staple...

Page 780: ...er PCB moves the stapler for stapling according to the specified stapling position when rear 1 point stapling is specified the stapler does not move but it staples at the standby position As a stapler moves forward the Processing Tray Stopper is folded forward Fig 2 024 Fig 2 025 Paper Stack Swing Guide Delivery Tray Stack Delivery Roller Upper Processing Tray Stopper Stapler Stack Delivery Roller...

Page 781: ...ber of pulses causing the Swing Guide to ascend At the same time the Slide Motor is driven to return the stapler back to the standby position followed by driving of the Delivery Motor Then the paper stack is delivered with the nails of the Delivery Belt that rotates in sync with the Stack Delivery Rollers Fig 2 026 Fig 2 027 Paper Stack Swing Guide Delivery Belt Stack Delivery Roller Lower Deliver...

Page 782: ...l the sensor turns ON allowing the Staple Cam to the original position The Staple Empty Sensor PI20 is used to detect presence absence of a staple cartridge in the Machine and presence absence of staples in the Cartridge The Staple Top Position Sensor PI21 is used to determine whether staples are pushed up to the top of the Staple Cartridge The Finisher Controller circuit does not drive the Staple...

Page 783: ... in response to the stapling command from the Host Machine Fig 2 030 shows the standby position of the Stapler and the stapling position depending on the staple mode a Front 1 Point Stapling The Stapler waits at the back The Stapler moves to and returns from the stapling position for each stapling operation Fig 2 030 b Rear 1 Point Stapling The Stapler waits at the back The stapling position is th...

Page 784: ...ont stapling position Fig 2 032 d Middle 2 Point Stapling Bind Mode The Stapler waits at the back The stapler moves to and returns from the stapling position for each stapling operation The stapler first staples a paper stack at the rear stapling position and then staples it at the front stapling position Fig 2 033 Feed direction Standby position Stapling position Stapling position Stapler Stopper...

Page 785: ...nal 10msec 360msec 360msec Staple Inlet Sensor PI1 Processing Tray Sensor PI6 Feed Motor M1 Delivery Motor M3 Delivery Belt Home Position Sensor PI7 Paddle Home Position Sensor PI2 Swing Guide Home Position Sensor PI3 Stapler Safety Switch MS3 Alignment Motor front M4 Aligning Plate Home Position Sensor front PI4 Staple Home Position Sensor PI9 Staple Fold Motor M7 Paddle Motor M2 ...

Page 786: ...es the Shift Motor M6 to return the Delivery Tray to the home position When the paper coming from the Processing Tray is stacked on the Delivery Tray the Shift Motor is driven a specified number of pulses causing the Delivery Tray to descend Clock pulses are detected by the Shift Motor Clock Sensor PI17 Then the Delivery Tray returns to the home position for the next stacking operation The upper l...

Page 787: ...her Controller PCB is controlled by the commands from the Host Machine 12 1 2 5 2 Feed Drive System 1 Outline This machine stitches the paper stack coming from the Finisher folds it and delivers it to the Bind Tray in the Saddle Unit in response to the commands from the Host Machine That is the machine performance the following operations 1 Paper Feed in 2 Stitching 3 Stack Feed 4 Folding Delivery...

Page 788: ...d toward the Saddle Unit Fig 2 037 b Stitching When the center of the paper stack stitching position reaches the stapler s staple position the Stapler stitches the paper stack When only one sheet is fed from the Host Machine the next step stack feed is performed without performing the stitching operation Fig 2 038 Stack Delivery Roller Upper Paper Stack Stack Delivery Roller Lower Staple Stapler L...

Page 789: ...hing Plate and Paper Folding Roller s nip part Fig 2 039 d Folding Delivery The Paper Pushing Plate pushes in the center of the paper stack to feed it toward the Paper Fold Rollers Then the Paper Fold Rollers and Bind Delivery Rollers deliver the paper stack to the Bind Tray Fig 2 040 Stack Feed Roller Upper Paper Pushing Plate Paper Fold Roller Stack Feed Roller Lower Paper Fold Rollers Bind Deli...

Page 790: ...ndwiched between the Upper and Lower Stack Delivery Rollers The Delivery Motor M3 rotates in the reverse direction feeding the paper stack toward the Saddle Unit When the leading edge of the paper stack reaches the Folding Position Sensor PI10 the Finisher Controller PCB drives the Delivery Motor a specified number of motor pulses to stop the center of the paper stack stitching position at the sta...

Page 791: ...oller upper to descend The paper stack is sandwiched between the Stack Feed Rollers Then the Bind Clutch CL1 is turned ON to rotate the Feed Motor M2 in the forward direction thus feeding the paper stack to the folding position The feed amount is equivalent to the number of pulses used to drive the Feed Motor M2 unit the paper stack reaches the folding position Fig 2 042 Feed Amount Stack Feed Rol...

Page 792: ...t is not used to detect a jam 2 Paper Folding Paper is folded using paper fold rollers and a paper pushing plate Almost concurrently with the start of roller rotation the Paper Pushing Plate starts operating to push the paper stack into the gap between the Paper Fold Rollers When the paper stack is fed about 10 mm with the rotation of the Paper Fold Rollers the Paper Pushing Plate returns to the h...

Page 793: ... Folding Start Position Fig 2 045 Folding Home Position Sensor PI11 Paper Pushing Plate Paper Fold Roller Upper Staple Fold Motor M7 Paper Fold Roller Lower Paper stack Paper Stack Paper Push Plate Folds feeds a paper stack Inlet Outlet Feeds a paper stack ...

Page 794: ...ddle Home Position Sensor PI2 Swing Guide Home Position Sensor PI3 Stapler Safety Switch MS3 Slide Motor M8 Staple Fold Motor M7 Staple Home Position Sensor PI19 Folding Position Sensor PI10 Stack Feed Roller Upper Home Position Sensor PI12 Binding Clutch CL1 Bind Tray Sensor PI13 Folding Home Position Sensor PI11 50msec 13571msec ...

Page 795: ...e move through the Punch Unit and then the feed system of the Finisher When the trailing edge of a sheet from the Host Machine reaches the Punch Unit the sheet is stopped once and the Punch Shaft is rotated to punch a hole along the trailing edge These operations are controlled with various commands from the Finisher Controller PCB as well as the commands from the Punch Controller PCB Fig 2 047 Fi...

Page 796: ...g punch shaft 180 from its home position As many as five light receiving transistors Photo Sensor PCB are mounted over the inlet paper path of the Punch Unit on the other hand as many as five LEDs LED PCB are mounted under the path together serving as five Sensors The Frontmost Sensor LED5 PT5 is used to detect the training edge of sheets and the remaining four LED1 through LED4 PT1 through PTR4 a...

Page 797: ...on Detection Signal LED1 4 PT1 4 SREG1 4 Horizontal Registration Motor M2P Drive Signal Punch Motor M1P Drive Signal Punch Motor Clock PI3P Detection Signal PUNCHCLK Waste Full Detection Signal LED121 PT131 DFULL Horizontal Registration Home Position PI2P Detection Signal SREGHP Punch Home Position PI1P Detection Signal PUNCHHP PT1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 LED1 PT131 LED121 ...

Page 798: ...entified when the Punch Home Position is ON The punching operation for the first sheet ends when the Punch Shaft has rotated 180 and the Punch Home Position Sensor goes ON the punching operation for the second sheet ends when the Punch Shaft has rotated 180 in reverse and the Punch Home Position Sensor goes ON The punching operation takes place as follows when making a hole in two sheets of paper ...

Page 799: ...cher on the other half circumference of the Punch Shaft The punching operation takes place as follows when making two holes in two sheets of paper 1 A hole is made along the trailing edge of the 1st sheet Fig 2 051 While two holes are being made the 3 Hole Puncher makes a single round trip in escape direction Fig 2 052 2 Holes are made along the trailing edge of the 2nd sheet Fig 2 053 Punch Home ...

Page 800: ...D5 PT5 and the Horizontal Registration Sensors LED1 through 4 SREG1 through 4 and causes a move to a specific position matching the trailing edge of each sheet in relation to the size of the sheet The horizontal registration operation takes place as follows 1 When the leading edge of a sheet from the Host Machine is detected by the Trailing Edge Sensor LED5 PT5 the Horizontal Registration Motor M2...

Page 801: ...Registration Motor M2P is rotated in reverse to return the Punch Slide Unit to its home position 5 For each sheet that arrives in succession the Punch Slide Unit is returned to its home position and is caused to repeat steps 1 through 4 Fig 2 058 Horizontal Registration Sensor LED1 PT1 used to detect the edge of sheets of A3 A4 LTR 279x432 11 x17 Horizontal Registration Sensor 2 LED2 PT2 used to d...

Page 802: ...1 Inlet Sensor Delay Jam 1011 If the Inlet Sensor does not detect the paper 3 times the specified period of time after the paper out signal was sent from the hooked up machine Fig 2 060 2 Inlet Sensor Stationary Jam 1021 If the paper does not pass the Inlet Sensor 3 times the specified period of time after the Inlet Sensor detected the paper s front edge Fig 2 061 PI1 PI10 PI1 Inlet Sensor PI10 Fo...

Page 803: ... its host machine or the Front Door or the Upper Cover is opened while the system is in operation paper on the move 6 Staple Jam 1006 The Staple Home Position Sensor PI19 does not go OFF 600 msec after the Stapler is driven Or it does not return to its home position where the sensor goes ON 7 Punch Jam Paper stuck at punch stapler Punching not ended 1 second after the punching request signal Jam C...

Page 804: ...eaker CB1 is monitored to protect the 24 VDC system sued to drive the motors against overcurrent The 24 V system used to drive the Feed Motor M1 paddle motor M2 and delivery motor M3 is equipped with a fuse that melts in the presence of overcurrent 12 1 2 8 2 Punch Unit Option 1 Outline When the Host Machine is turned on the Punch Unit is supplied by the Finisher Controller PCB with 24 V and 5 V p...

Page 805: ...tem Fig 2 065 2 Protective Mechanisms The 24 V system used to drive the Punch Motor M1P and the Horizontal Registration Motor M2P is equipped with a built in fuse that melts in the presence of overcurrent Finisher Controller PCB 24V 24V 5V 5V Punch Controller PCB Motors Sensors Logic System 5V ...

Page 806: ... Door 6 Upper Right Cover Assembly 4 7 Jam Removal Cover The number in parentheses indicates the number of Mounting Screws used Fig 3 002 1 1 Removing the Delivery Tray 1 Remove the 4 Screws 1 and detach the Delivery Tray 2 Fig 3 003 1 2 Removing the Front Cover 1 Open the Front Door 1 2 While picking the Claw 2 detach the Fold Jam Releasing Dial 3 3 Remove 2 Screws 4 1 5 6 2 7 3 4 2 1 1 4 3 2 4 ...

Page 807: ...Fig 3 004 4 Remove 3 Screws 5 and detach the Front Cover 6 Fig 3 005 1 3 Removing the Rear Cover 1 Remove 2 Screws 1 on the pickup side and remove 1 Screw 2 on the delivery side then detach the Rear Cover 3 Fig 3 006 6 5 5 3 1 3 2 Rear Cover ...

Page 808: ...4 Removing the Upper Cover 1 Open the Upper Cover 1 and turn the Cover Band Retainer 2 to the left to remove it 2 Remove the Cover Band 3 Fig 3 008 3 Remove 1 Screw 4 and detach the Processing Tray Rear Cover 5 then detach the Upper Cover 6 3 2 1 6 5 4 ...

Page 809: ... Removing the Front Cover 2 Remove the Rear Cover See Removing the Rear Cover 3 Remove the Upper Cover See Removing the Upper Cover 4 Disconnect the Connector 1 and remove the Screw 2 Fig 3 010 5 While lifting the Processing Tray Upper Cover 3 disconnect the Connector 4 then detach the Processing Tray Upper Cover 3 1 2 3 4 ...

Page 810: ...3 013 1 7 Removing the Saddle Guide 1 Remove the Delivery Tray See Removing the Delivery Tray 2 Remove the Front Cover See Removing the Front Cover 3 Remove the Rear Cover See Removing the Rear Cover 4 Free the Delivery Tray Support Plate front 1 and the Delivery Tray Support Plate rear 2 to the outside from the rail grooves 5 Remove 4 Screws 3 Fig 3 014 6 Shift the Side Guide 4 lightly to the fro...

Page 811: ...mount the Side Guide after securely fitting the Paper Surface Detecting Lever rear 5 in the groove of the Paper Surface Detecting Lever middle 6 After mounting push the Paper Surface Detecting Lever several times to make sure that Side Guide is mounted securely 5 5 6 6 ...

Page 812: ...f the Stapler 4 shoots staples will shift from the position where the Staple Clincher Upper Unit of the Stapler 5 receives Staples Fig 3 18 2 2 Adjusting the Stapler Phase When the Gears or Timing Belt at the front of the Stapler is replaced or removed for some reason the staple shooting timing of the Staple Driver Lower Unit of the Stapler does not match the staple bending timing of the Staple Cl...

Page 813: ...3 020 3 Remove 2 E Rings 6 to remove the Staple Jam Releasing Gear 7 Timing Belt 8 and Relay Gear 1 9 Remove the Spacer and Spring at the back of the Staple Jam Releasing Gear 4 Remove 1 Screw 10 and Spring 11 to remove the Belt Tensioned 12 Fig 3 021 5 Remove the Timing Belt 13 6 Remove 1 E Ring 14 to remove the Staple Position Check Gear 15 4 1 2 5 3 7 6 11 8 9 10 12 14 13 15 ...

Page 814: ...Gear with the Round Hole 17 at the back Fig 3 023 8 Insert a Pin 18 with a diameter of approximately 2 mm use of a 2 mm Allen wrench is recommended in the Round Hole to secure the Gear Fig 3 024 9 Turn the Gear 19 to align the Round Hole in the Staple Clincher Cam with the Round Hole 20 at the back 16 17 18 19 20 ...

Page 815: ...me Caution The position where the Blue Mark is aligned with the Round Hole is the home position for stapling If the Staple Jam Cancel Dial is turned for some reason the home position deviates making it impossible to remove the Stapler Cartridge If such a case the Gear can be returned to the home position by checking Blue Mark position Therefore it is necessary to mount the Gear at the correct posi...

Page 816: ...n in Fig 3 029 mount Gears as shown in Fig 3 030 Align the mark either of two marks on the saddle cam drive gear 3 with the mark on the relay gear 4 on the half of the periphery where gears with a smaller face width are arranged With the mark on the Saddle Cam Drive Gear 3 aligned with the mark on the Relay Gear 4 align the other mark on the relay gear with the rib of the Paper Folding Roller Driv...

Page 817: ...connect 2 Connectors 8 Fig 3 034 7 Remove 3 Screws 9 and slide out the Stapler Unit 10 slightly to the front 8 Slide out the Saddle Unit 11 to the front Fig 3 035 2 5 Removing the Processing Tray Assembly 1 Remove the Processing Tray Upper Cover See Removing the Processing Tray Upper Cover 2 Remove the Side Guide See Removing the Saddle Guide 3 Remove 2 Screws 1 and disconnect 5 Connectors 2 4 5 6...

Page 818: ...he Processing Stopper Base 3 to the front and free the Claw 5 at the front and the Claw 6 at the rear of the Processing Stopper 4 Fig 3 037 5 Disconnect 3 Connectors 7 6 Release 2 Claws 8 of the harness retainer and detach the Motor Harness 9 3 6 4 4 5 9 8 7 ...

Page 819: ...top Ring 10 the flange 15 and detach the Timing Belt 11 8 Disconnect the Connector 12 and free the Harness 14 from the Edge Saddle 13 Fig 3 039 9 Remove 2 Screws 15 and slide the Processing Tray Assembly 16 to the rear then lift it to detach 12 14 13 10 15 11 16 15 ...

Page 820: ...e Adjusting the Phase of the Gear in the Saddle Unit 2 Place the Processing Tray Assembly 1 as shown Caution Be sure to take care not to damage the Aligning Plate 2 Fig 3 041 3 Detach the Timing Belt 3 and remove 2 Screws 4 Fig 3 042 4 Separate the Processing Tray Assembly 5 and the Paddle Assembly 6 as shown 1 2 4 4 3 6 5 ...

Page 821: ...ee the 6 Harness Retainers 5 and disconnect the Connector 6 4 Free the Harness 7 from the Harness Retainer 5 5 Free the Harness 7 from the Edge Saddle 8 then disconnect the 2 Connectors 9 Fig 3 045 6 Release the Harness Retainer 10 and disconnect the Connector 11 7 Free the Harness 12 from the Harness Retainer 10 8 Free the Harness 12 for the Edge Saddle 13 and disconnect the 2 Connectors 14 1 2 9...

Page 822: ... Remove 1 Screw 15 and free the Claw 17 of the Harness Guide from the Long Angle 16 of the Base Plate Fig 3 047 10 Disconnect 2 Connectors 18 and free the Harness 20 from the Edge Saddle 19 Fig 3 048 11 Remove 3 Screws 21 15 16 17 18 20 18 19 21 21 21 ...

Page 823: ...Fig 3 050 2 8 Removing the Feed Motor Unit 1 Remove the Rear Cover See Removing the Rear Cover 2 Release the Harness Retainer 5 and disconnect the Connector 6 3 Disconnect the Connector 7 4 Remove 1 Screw 1 and detach the Harness Guide 2 5 Remove 3 Screws 3 and detach the Feed Motor Unit 4 22 23 3 3 1 2 4 7 6 5 ...

Page 824: ...Upper Cover See Removing the Upper Cover 2 Remove the Upper Right Cover Assembly See Removing the Upper Right Cover Assembly 3 Remove the Feed Motor Unit See Removing the Paddle Assembly 4 Remove 1 Screw 1 5 Remove the Stop Ring 2 and detach the Bushing 3 Fig 3 052 6 Remove 3 Screws 4 1 3 2 4 ...

Page 825: ...op Ring 7 and detach the Bushing 8 9 Remove 1 Screws 9 and detach the Inlet Sensor 10 10 Remove the Lower Paper Guide 11 Fig 3 054 11 Remove the Feed Roller 12 Fig 3 055 2 10 Removing the Stack Delivery Roller upper 1 Remove the Paddle Assembly See Removing the Saddle Unit 2 Place the Paddle Assembly 1 as shown 5 9 10 11 7 6 8 12 1 ...

Page 826: ...Assembly upper 3 Fig 3 057 4 Push up the Stack Delivery Roller upper 4 from below to free the Stack Deliver Roller upper 4 from the Shaft 5 Fig 3 058 5 Shift up the Stack Delivery Roller upper 4 and then push it down to detach the Stack Deliver Roller upper 4 6 Likewise remove the Stack Delivery Roller upper 6 at the front 3 2 4 5 6 4 ...

Page 827: ...mbly See Removing the Saddle Unit 2 Place the Paddle Assembly 1 as shown Fig 3 060 3 Turn the Gear 2 in the direction of the arrow to move up the Stack Delivery Roller Assembly upper 3 Fig 3 061 4 Push up the Safety Guide 4 from below to free one side of the Safety Guide 4 from the Shaft 5 1 3 2 5 4 ...

Page 828: ...kewise remove the other Paddle Fig 3 064 2 12 Removing the Stack Delivery Roller lower Delivery Belt 1 Remove the Paddle Assembly and separate it from the Processing Tray Assembly See Removing the Saddle Unit 2 Slide the Aligning Plate front 2 and the Aligning Plate rear 3 of the Processing Tray Assembly 1 by sliding them to the outside Fig 3 065 3 Remove the Processing Tray Stopper 4 4 5 1 1 3 2 ...

Page 829: ...e freeing 2 Claws 6 Fig 3 067 5 Remove 1 Screw 8 then while freeing the Claw 9 detach the Paper Guide rear 10 Fig 3 068 6 Remove 2 Stop Rings 11 then move 2 Bushings 12 to the inside Fig 3 069 7 Remove 4 Screws 13 then lift the Stack Delivery Roller Assembly lower 14 to detach 5 7 6 8 10 9 12 12 11 11 13 14 13 ...

Page 830: ...5 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 Fig 3 070 8 Remove the Stack Delivery Roller lower 15 and 2 Delivery Belts 16 Fig 3 071 Caution Be sure to mount them so that the Edges 17 of the Claws of the Delivery Belts are flush 16 15 17 ...

Page 831: ...he PCB Retainer 3 and detach the Finisher Controller PCB 4 Fig 3 073 3 2 Removing the Slide Home Position PCB 1 Open the Front Door 1 and turn the Tab 2 on the stapler slide in the direction of the arrow to slide the Stapler to the front most point 2 Remove the Stapler Unit See Removing the Stapler Unit Fig 3 074 3 Place the Stapler Unit 3 as shown 4 Remove 2 Screws 4 and detach the Guide 5 2 1 1 ...

Page 832: ... 7 of the Slide Home Position PCB 6 is in view through the round hole 6 Remove the Fixing Screw 7 Fig 3 076 7 Disconnect the Connector 8 8 Remove the Flexible Cable Retainer 9 9 Free the Lock 10 of the Connector in the direction of the arrow then detach the Flexible Cable 11 and then detach the Slide Home Position PCB 12 2 6 7 8 12 9 10 11 ...

Page 833: ...1 2 Removing the Horizontal Registration Motor 1 Disconnect Connector J1001 1 2 Remove the Harness 3 from the Harness Guide 2 3 Remove 2 Screws 4 to remove the Horizontal Registration Motor 5 Fig 3 079 1 3 Removing the Punch Unit 1 Remove the Waste Case 2 Remove 1 Screw 1 to detach the Jam Processing Cover 2 Fig 3 080 3 Disconnect the Connector J1005 3 4 Remove the Harness 5 from the Harness Guide...

Page 834: ...er 1 1 Fig 3 081 5 Disconnect the Connector 6 6 Remove 1 Screw 7 and Sensor Support Plate 8 Fig 3 082 7 Remove 1 Screw 9 and Washer 10 8 Disconnect the Connector 11 9 Remove 2 Screws 12 to detach the Base Cover 13 6 8 7 9 10 13 11 12 ...

Page 835: ... Ver 1 1 Fig 3 083 10 Remove 4 Screws 14 to remove the Upper Transmission Sensor Unit 15 and Lower Transmission Sensor 16 Fig 3 084 11 Remove the Punch Unit 18 from the Horizontal Registration Motor Assembly 17 15 14 14 14 16 17 18 ...

Page 836: ... Remove 2 Screws 1 2 Disconnect 5 Connectors 2 to remove the Punch Controller PCB 3 Fig 3 086 2 2 Removing the Photo Sensor PCB 1 Remove the Punch Motor See Removing the Punch Motor 2 Remove 1 Screw 1 3 Remove the Harness 3 from the Harness Guide 2 on the PCB then detach the PCB Cover 4 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 2 4 ...

Page 837: ...08 Ver 1 1 Fig 3 087 4 Disconnect the Connector 5 to remove the Photosensor PCB 6 Fig 3 088 2 3 Removing the LED PCB 1 Remove the Waste Case 2 Disconnect Connector J1005 1 3 Remove the Harness 3 from the Harness Guide 2 6 5 1 3 2 ...

Page 838: ...8 Ver 1 1 Fig 3 089 4 Remove the Screw 4 and Washer 5 5 Disconnect the Connector 6 6 Remove 1 Screw 7 to detach the Base Cover 8 Fig 3 090 7 Remove 1 Screw 9 8 Disconnect the Connector 10 to remove the LED PCB 11 4 5 8 6 7 9 10 11 ...

Page 839: ...roller PCB See Removing the Punch Controller PCB 2 Remove 2 Screws 1 to remove the PCB Film 2 Fig 3 092 3 Disconnect the Connector 3 to remove the Waste full Photosensor PCB 4 Fig 3 093 2 5 Removing the Waste Full LED PCB 1 Remove 1 Screw 1 2 Disconnect the Connector 2 to remove the Waste full LED PCB 3 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 ...

Page 840: ...uire replacement once or more over the period of machine warranty because of deterioration or damage Replace them as needed 12 1 4 2 1 Saddle Finisher Unit Table 4 001 12 1 4 3 Scheduled Maintenance Table 4 002 No Part Name Part No Q ty Expected Life Remarks 1 Stapler 4G1 4268 000 1 300 000 operations A single cartridge is good for about 5 000 operations Item Interval Description Remarks Feeding A...

Page 841: ... of the Host Machine 1 Set SW1 on the Finisher Controller PCB as follows Fig 5 001 2 Adjust the folding position by pressing the PSW1 or PSW2 on the Finisher Controller PCB a required number of times Pressing the switch once moves the folding position about 0 16mm To move the folding position in the direction press the PSW1 To move the folding position in the direction press the PSW2 Turn on Point...

Page 842: ...on the Finisher Controller PCB as follows Fig 5 003 2 Adjust the stapling position by pressing the PSW1 or PSW2 on the Finisher Controller PCB a required number of times Pressing the switch once moves the stapling position about 0 14mm To move the stapling position in the direction press the PSW1 To move the stapling position in the direction press the PSW2 Turn on Points 1 4 of SW1 on the circuit...

Page 843: ...ntification by the Finisher Be sure to register the type whenever you have replaced the Punch Controller PCB 1 Set bits 1 through 4 on the DIPSW1001 on the Punch Controller PCB as follows Fig 5 006 2 Press SW1002 on the Punch Controller PCB to select the appropriate number of punch holes Each press on SW1002 moves the selection through the following repeatedly from top to bottom Table 5 001 3 Pres...

Page 844: ... Controller PCB as follows Fig 5 007 3 Press SW1002 and SW1003 on the Punch Controller PCB at the same time The presses will initialize the EEP ROM At the end all LEDs LED1001 LED1002 LED1003 will go ON 4 Adjust the sensor output and store the number of punch holes ON 1 2 3 4 ...

Page 845: ...1 5 2 Arrangement of Electric Components 12 1 5 2 1 Finisher Saddle Unit 1 Sensors Microswitches and Clutch Fig 5 008 PI19 PI20 PI21 PI18 PI4 MS1 MS3 PI24 MS2 PI22 PI23 PI16 PI17 PI13 PI15 PI12 PI1 PI11 PI10 PI9 PI7 PI8 PI6 CL1 PI3 PI2 PI5 PI14 ...

Page 846: ...tion PI11 Folding home position detection PI12 Folding roller home position detection PI13 Bind tray paper detection PI14 Stapler fold motor clock detection PI15 Shift upper limit detection PI16 Shift lower limit detection PI17 Shift motor clock detection PI18 Slide home position detection inside stapler PI19 Stapler drive home position detection inside stapler PI20 Staple detection inside stapler...

Page 847: ...847 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 2 Motor PCBs Fig 5 009 M1 M2 M8 M5 M4 M3 M7 M6 1 ...

Page 848: ... 1 Table 5 003 Name Notation Description Motor M1 Paddle Motor M2 Feed Motor M3 Delivery Motor M4 Alignment Motor front M5 Alignment Motor rear M6 Shift Motor M7 Staple Fold Motor M8 Slide Motor Finisher Controller PCB 1 Finisher Control ...

Page 849: ...2 1 5 2 2 Punch Unit Option 1 Sensors Fig 5 010 Table 5 004 Name Notation Description Photo interrupters PI1P Puncher home position detection PI2P Horizontal registration home position detection PI3P Punch motor clock detection PI3P PI1P PI2P ...

Page 850: ...850 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 2 Motors Fig 5 011 Table 5 005 Name Notation Description Motor M1P Punch Motor M2P Horizontal Registration Motor M1 M2 ...

Page 851: ...851 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 3 PCBs Fig 5 012 Table 5 006 Ref Name 1 Punch Controller PCB 2 Photosensor PCB 3 LED PCB 4 Waste Full Photosensor PCB 5 Waste Full LED PCB 1 4 2 3 5 ...

Page 852: ... of accuracy 12 1 5 3 1 Finisher Controller PCB Fig 5 013 Table 5 007 Switch Description SW1 Folding position adjustment middle 2 point stapling adjustment etc PSW1 Folding position adjustment middle 2 point stapling adjustment etc PSW2 Folding position adjustment middle 2 point stapling adjustment etc PSW3 Factory mode 6 CN8 1 1 CN18 2 1 CN10 12 1 CN3 10 1 CN13 6 1 CN7 7 3 CN19 1 1 CN11 7 9 CN9 1...

Page 853: ...SW1001 Punch hole count registration sensor output adjustment etc SW1002 Punch hole count registration sensor output adjustment etc SW1003 Punch hole count registration sensor output adjustment etc 13 J1007 1 J1001 J1005 5 1 J1002 1 2 4 1 J1004 5 1 J1003 SW1001 SW1002 10 1 J1006 9 1 SW1003 LED1001 LED1002 LED1003 ...

Page 854: ...the wring Feed Roller 3 Try turning the stack feed roller upper shaft by hand Does the stack feed roller upper move up down normally NO Correct the mechanical system Feed Motor M1 Finisher Controller PCB 4 Try replacing the feed motor Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the Finisher Controller PCB Delivery Belt Home Position Sensor PI7 1 Check the delivery belt home position sensor Is the ...

Page 855: ...Controller PCB Wiring 1 Is the wiring between the Finisher Controller PCB and the Staple Fold Motor normal NO Correct the wring Stapler Unit 2 Try turning the staple jam releasing dial Is there mechanical trapping YES Correct the mechanical system Staple Fold Motor M7 Finisher Controller PCB 3 Try replacing the staple fold motor Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the Finisher Controller P...

Page 856: ... NO Replace the sensor Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the Finisher Controller PCB and the front aligning plate motor front normal NO Correct the wring Aligning Plate front 3 Is there mechanical trapping in the aligning plate path YES Correct the mechanical system Alignment Motor front M4 Finisher Controller PCB 4 Try replacing the Alignment motor front Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace t...

Page 857: ... normal NO Replace the sensor Wiring 3 Is the wiring between the Finisher Controller PCB and the paddle motor normal NO Correct the wring Paddle Swing Guide Assembly 4 Try turning the paddle motor clockwise and counter clockwise by hands Is there mechanical tapping in the rotation of the paddle or the up down movement of the swing guide YES Correct the mechanical mechanism Paddle Motor M2 Finisher...

Page 858: ...m corrected YES End Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the Finisher Controller PCB and the punch controller PCB normal NO Correct the wring Power Supply 3 Measure the voltage between CN14 5 and CN4 3 on the Finisher Controller PCB Is it 24 VDC YES Replace the punch controller PCB NO Replace the Finisher Controller PCB Punch Motor Home Position Sensor PI1P 1 Check the punch home position sensor Is the ...

Page 859: ...ace the sensor Wiring 2 Is the wiring between the punch controller PCB and the waste full sensor normal NO Correct the wring Punch Controller PCB Finisher Controller PCB 3 Try replacing the punch controller PCB Is the problem corrected YES End NO Replace the Finisher Controller PCB Horizontal Registration Home Position Sensor PI2P 1 Check the horizontal registration home position sensor Is the sen...

Page 860: ... deposited in the compartment When a sheet of a different size is placed The sheet will be aligned based on maximum size width and delivered as a stack Overstocking for Stapling The number of sheets in the compartment has exceeded the limit imposed on stapling When an extra sheet is placed The sheets will be delivered with stapling Stack Tray Overstocking The number of sheets deposited on the deli...

Page 861: ...Full The amount of waste paper in the waste case has reached the limit During punching Normal operation will continue Remove the waste paper from the waste case Punch Waste Paper Excess Overflow The amount of waste paper in the waste case has exceeded the limit During punching Punching will be disabled Remove the waste paper from the water case ...

Page 862: ...EJCTMTR Eject Motor Drive Signal ENT_S Inlet Paper Detect Signal FDOOR_S Front Door Open Detect Signal FEEDMTR Feed Motor Drive Signal FJOG_HP Front Jog Plate HP Detect Signal FJOGMTR Front Jog Motor Drive Signal FRONT_SW Front Door Switch Signal HOOK_S Hook Empty Detect Signal JOINT_SW Joint Switch Signal LVL_S Paper Surface Detect Signal PAPER_F Paper Full Detect Signal PDL_HP Paddle HP Detect S...

Page 863: ...nal PAEND Paper End Detect Signal PUNCH Punch HP Detect Signal SLIDE Side Registration HP Detect Signal SREG1 Side Registration Detect Signal 1 SREG2 Side Registration Detect Signal 2 SREG3 Side Registration Detect Signal 3 REG4 Side Registration Detect Signal 4 LEDON1 LED1 ON Signal LEDON2 LED2 ON Signal LEDON3 LED3 ON Signal LEDON4 LED4 ON Signal LEDON5 LED5 ON Signal ...

Page 864: ...5V 10 CN16 11 SGND 11 CN16 12 ENT_S 12 DC 5V SGND CN15 1 CN15 2 CN15 3 BIND_EMPS 1 2 3 CN15 4 DC 5V 4 CN15 5 SGND 5 CN15 6 SIFT_CLK 6 CN15 7 DC 5V 7 CN15 8 SGND 8 CN15 9 SIFT_DNLMT 9 CN15 10 DC 5V 10 CN15 11 SGND 11 CN15 12 SIFT_UPLMT 12 DC 5V SGND CN9 1 CN9 2 CN9 3 PDL_HP 1 2 3 CN9 4 SGND 4 CN9 5 BIND_CLK 5 CN9 6 DC 5V 6 CN9 7 DC 5V 7 CN9 8 SGND 8 DC 5V SGND CN19 1 CN19 2 SGND CN17 1 TXD2 CN17 2 ...

Page 865: ... 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 1 J2010 J1007 6 J1007 5 J1007 4 J1007 3 J1007 2 J1007 1 J2010 J2010 1 J2010 2 J2010 3 J2010 4 J2010 5 J2010 6 J2011 7 J2011 6 J2011 5 J2011 4 J2011 3 J2011 2 J2011 1 7 7 J1007 7 2 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 1 J2011 J1007 13 J1007 12 J1007 11 J1007 10 J1007 9 J1007 8 J2011 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1007 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1007 Finisher Unit Punch Controlle...

Page 866: ...A4 A4 R A5 B4 B5 B5 R LDR LGL LTR LTR R FLS Paper Weight 17 24 lb 64 90 g m2 Mode Non Sort stack Sort stack Staple stack Stack Height Non Sort Small size 500 sheets A4 A4 R A5 B5 B5 R LTR LTR R Large size 250 sheets A3 B4 LDR LGL FLS Shift Sort Small size 500 sheets A4 A4 R B5 LTR LTR R Large size 250 sheets A3 B4 LDR LGL FLS Staple Small size 10 30 sheets 45 16 sets 2 9 sheets 70 50 sets A4 A4 R ...

Page 867: ...n Stapling Position Rear 1 Point stapling Refer to the illustration as follows Stapling Thickness Small size 30 sheets A4 A4 R B5 B5 R LTR LTR R Large size 20 sheets A3 B4 LDR LGL FLS Staple Supply Cartridge of Staples 3 000 Cartridge Replacement Staples FQ SS32 Staple Detection Yes Stapling Size A3 A4 A4 R B4 B5 LDR LGL LTR LTR R FLS Manual Stapling None Item Description Remarks 6 3 mm 0 24 0 12 ...

Page 868: ... Unit 7 Stapler Unit Micro Switch 8 Staple Safety detection 9 Stapler Cover detection Photo interrupters 10 Upper Cover Open detection 11 Inlet Paper detection 12 Aligning Home Position Plate detection 13 Paper Exit detection 14 Stack Tray Paper Height detection 15 Paper Hold Lever detection 16 Stack Tray Upper Limit detection 17 Paper Full detection 18 Finisher Detachment detection No Item Timing...

Page 869: ... 7811 1 200 000 operations A single cartridge contains 3 000 staples Item Interval Description Remarks Feeding Assembly Roller Shortest cleaning interval of the Host machine Cleaning Wipe with clean cloth moistened in water Feeding Assembly Member Paper Path Guide Transmission Type Sensor Wipe with a dry cloth Removing Finisher Cover Assembly 1 Open and hold the Finisher Cover 14108 2 Release the ...

Page 870: ... re installing the Cover make sure 2 Latch Hooks are in the holes Removing Finisher Tray Cover Assembly 8 Remove 2 Screws 14021 9 Remove the Tray Assembly 14015 Removing Finisher Controller PC Board 10 Remove 2 Screws 14132 and 2 Washers 14134 11 Remove the Right Cover 14104 12 Lift the PCB Cover Mylar 14135 up ...

Page 871: ...33 15 Remove the CONT PC Board 14528 Removing Rollers 16 Lift up the Guide Base 14301 Assembly 17 Clean the Exit Roller 14437 18 Disconnect the Harness 19 Remove 1 Screw 14021 and 1 Screw 14131 20 Remove the Guide Base 14332 Assembly 21 Release the Tension Spring 14524 and Latch and then remove the Lock Arm 14525 ...

Page 872: ...23 Remove 1 Snap Ring 14523 24 Remove the Lock Lever Shaft 14520 Assembly as illustrated 25 Loosen 1 Screw 14206 26 Remove 2 Screws 14132 27 Remove the Upper Guide Assembly as illustrated Note When re installing rotate the Timing Belt counter clockwise and then fasten 1 Screw ...

Page 873: ...ove 1 Snap Ring 14234 29 Remove the Feed Roller Gear 14202 30 Remove the Bushing 14419 31 Remove the Feed Roller Assembly 14411 32 Remove the Feed Arm Assembly 14413 33 Remove 1 Screw 14021 and 1 Screw 14133 34 Remove the Tray Guide Assembly 14111 ...

Page 874: ... 2008 Ver 1 1 35 Disconnect 3 Harnesses 14129 Note When re installing ensure that the Harnesses are connected correctly as illustrated 36 Remove 1 Snap Ring 14234 37 Remove the Exit Roller Gear 14201 38 Remove the Bushing 14419 ...

Page 875: ...as illustrated Removing the Staple Unit 42 Remove 1 Screw 14443 43 Remove the Staple Safety Switch 14441 44 Release the Harness 14129 from the Harness Clamp 45 Disconnect the Harness 14129 46 Remove 2 Screws 14021 47 Remove the Staple Unit 14438 Assembly Note When re installing ensure that Staple Unit Assembly is installed hooked correctly as illustrated ...

Page 876: ...inisher Interface Cable 51 Remove 2 Screws 14133 52 Release the Harness from the Harness Clamps 53 Disconnect 2 Harnesses and remove the Finisher Interface Cable Removing the Motors 54 Disconnect the Harness 55 Remove 2 Screws 14530 56 Remove the Sensor Hold Bracket 14508 57 Remove 2 Screws 14133 58 Remove the Drive Motor 14514 ...

Page 877: ...rness 60 Release the Harness from the Clamp 61 Remove 4 Screws 14132 62 Remove 2 Screws 14021 63 Remove the Slide Base Bracket 14503 64 Remove 2 Screws 14021 65 Remove the Set Motor 14431 Assembly 66 Disconnect 2 Harnesses 67 Release the Harness from the Clamp ...

Page 878: ...878 DP C405 C305 C265 FEB 2008 Ver 1 1 Note When re installing ensure that the Harnesses are connected correctly as illustrated 68 Remove 2 Screws 14442 69 Remove the Set Motor 14431 ...

Page 879: ...h the specified number and discharge into the Stack Tray Shift Exit Jog sheets of paper one at a time at the interstage stack carry out shift operation and discharge into the Stack Tray 12 2 3 2 Stapling Mechanism Stapling Mechanism 1 The stapler s motor rotation drives the stapler by the rotating cam via gear The link is in contact with the cam When the cam revolves the link moves around its supp...

Page 880: ...P21 P22 P23 of IC2 are changed to H and the power supply to the motor coils are cut off 12 2 3 3 2 Alignment Motor Control 1 The Alignment Motor which jogs papers in the stack and carries out offset operation in Paper Exit Unit is a W1 2 phase exciting type 2 phase stepping pulse motor Its control is shown below 2 Each signal pulse output from P10 P11 P12 P13 of IC2 in Control PCB PBA CONT excites...

Page 881: ...from P52 and P53 respectively 3 Motor stops and brakes when L and H are output from P52 and P53 12 2 3 3 4 Staple Motor Control 1 Staple Motor which carries out stapling is a 24V DC brush motor Its control circuit is shown below 2 It is controlled by the combination of signals from PF1 PF0 and P50 of IC2 in P C B PBA CONT Stapling is done when L L and H are output from PF1 PF0 and P50 respectively...

Page 882: ...e Large Gear Solenoid is turned on 12 2 3 3 6 Paddle Solenoid Control 1 Paddle Solenoid switches the drive of the feed motor to the Paddle which is a Flapper typed Solenoid and is operated by 24V DC The control circuit is shown below 2 Solenoid is turned ON and drives the Paddle when the signal H is transmitted from PG0 of IC2 in P C B PBA CONT 12 2 3 3 7 Paper Detection Solenoid Control 1 A 24V D...

Page 883: ...DZSD001829 15 Panasonic Software Operating Instructions Network Firmware Update Tool for Service Technicians Version 3 ...

Page 884: ...ecember 5 4th Edition 2003 April 10 5th Edition 2003 April 22 6th Edition 2003 December 18 7th Edition 2004 April 7 8th Edition 2004 August 3 9th Edition 2004 August 20 10th Edition 2004 October 22 11th Edition 2005 March 18 12th Edition 2006 March 27 13th Edition 2006 May 8 14th Edition 2006 June 26 15th Edition 2007 September 17 Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corpor...

Page 885: ... MFP to quickly program the Firmware Code directly to the memory of the device 1 1 Supported Operating Systems This application software operation has been confirmed under the following Operating Systems Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista 1 2 Supported Panasonic Fax MFP Models Please refer to the service manual of each model ...

Page 886: ... Setting up the Network Firmware Update Tool 1 Click the Start button on the Taskbar point to All Programs Panasonic Panasonic Network Firmware Update then select Network Firmware Update Configuration 2 The Configuration dialog box appears General Tab Note Please only change the settings if necessary File Selection Tab Auto Select Update Mode When you select this mode the tool acquires the type of...

Page 887: ...rer directly as it may cause registry setting problems 1 Start Microsoft Windows Log on to the computer network from an account with Administrator privileges 2 Click the Start button on the Taskbar point to All Programs Panasonic Panasonic Firmware Update then select Uninstall Network Firmware Update Tool 3 Follow the instructions on your screen to uninstall Remove the program 4 A confirmation mes...

Page 888: ...e default value 0000 or 000 it is not possible to program the firmware code In this case enter the password in advance to the Default Password in the Configuration dialog box or enter the password at each communication For the 3 digit Key Operator Password devices only the first three digits 000 of the default value are singled out of the 4 digit 0000 value 2 Make sure the device is not in use i e...

Page 889: ...d the password on this application are set correctly Caution 1 Make sure the device is not in use i e Copying or Printing 2 Do not run other applications on this PC while it is transferring the firmware data to the device otherwise a communication error may occur 3 If using a laptop for the update it is recommended the laptop be connected to a power outlet to prevent battery drain and or automatic...

Page 890: ...through the Key Operator or Service Modes Password Enter the device password Note If the default password is used on the device there is no need to enter it in this box When compete select the button to add the destination to the list Device Address List Tab Locate and select the device you would like to update on the Device Address List Select the button to add the destination to the list Note Mu...

Page 891: ...ware code files is necessary or 6 2 Select Independent File Folders If the archive file is already extracted into the local Panasonic FUP Data folder you can select independent file folders from here to upload firmware for separate modules in the device Note Files are chosen automatically in the automatic mode so the screen of step 6 is not shown 6 1a Select a Parent File Folder Complete Set Selec...

Page 892: ...he Firmware Type based on the options installed in the machine and click OK 6 1d Firmware Code File selection is completed Click Next Continue to Section 7 6 2a Select Independent File Folders Select Select Independent File Folders and click Browse for PNL ...

Page 893: ...elect the Firmware Code File Folder for PNL For Example SFDL2PNLAAV100000_PU BIN and click OK 6 2c Repeat steps for other Firmware Code File Folders if applicable and click OK 6 2d Firmware Code File selection is completed Click Next Continue Below ...

Page 894: ... the information you want to update is correct before proceeding Then click Next Note If Send at once is checked all firmware will be sent at once and then erase write and reboot are performed for the entire package If Send at once is unchecked each firmware SC PNL SPC etc is transmitted separately and each time the unit erases writes and reboots in the normal mode for each independent update This...

Page 895: ...pdate 11 When the transfers are completed all jobs in the spooler disappear and the communication log is displayed After the firmware code is successfully programmed to the Firmware Flash Memory in the device the device will shut down and reboot automatically Click Finish 12 A Firmware Deletion confirmation screen will appear Click Yes to delete the firmware code files that you used for the update...

Page 896: ...Network Firmware Update Tool LAN Page 14 13 Confirm the message in the text box and click OK to close the tool or ...

Page 897: ...DZSD000965 18 Panasonic Software Operating Instructions Local Firmware Update Tool for Service Technicians Version 3 ...

Page 898: ...er 30 3rd Edition 2000 September 8 4th Edition 2000 November 28 5th Edition 2001 June 20 6th Edition 2001 September 7 7th Edition 2003 April 10 8th Edition 2003 April 22 9th Edition 2003 December 18 10th Edition 2004 January 19 11th Edition 2004 February 10 12th Edition 2004 April 20 13th Edition 2004 August 3 14th Edition 2004 August 20 15th Edition 2004 October 22 16th Edition 2005 March 18 17th...

Page 899: ...and operation are very similar to the installation of a USB or Parallel printer interface 1 1 Supported Operating Systems This application software operation has been confirmed under the following Operating Systems Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Windows Vista Note 64bit version is not supported 1 2 Supported Panasonic Fax MFP Models Please refer to the service manual of each model to ...

Page 900: ...ot connect the USB cable yet 2 2 Installing the Local Firmware Update Tool 1 Start Microsoft Windows Log on to the computer from an account with Administrator privileges Important For the USB port models do not connect the USB cable yet 2 Locate and Run the Setup exe program in the Firmup folder contained in the software setup disk or folder 3 Follow the instructions on your screen to install the ...

Page 901: ... the Firmware Update USB Driver is completed Note 1 The installation screens will vary depending on the Operating System 2 The Digital Signature Not Found or Software Installation window will be displayed during the installation and indicate Unknown software package or not passed Windows Logo testing please click YES or Continue Anyway button to continue the installation 3 If you are asked for the...

Page 902: ...reen to uninstall Remove the program 4 The completion message is displayed when the uninstall is completed Note The Firmware Update drivers are not deleted by the Uninstaller If you wish to delete the Firmware Update drivers please carry out in the following procedure 1 On the Printers and Faxes selection of the Control Panel choose the Firmware Update driver and select Delete from the right click...

Page 903: ...ervice Mode 3 2 Preparing the Firmware Code Copy the firmware Code file s to the following folder C Panasonic Panasonic FUP Data Note An Archive File i e DP 2310_PU_030327 exe extracts the Firmware Code Files automatically into the designated folder without needing to paste the file into the folder manually In this case the file may be downloaded to the desktop or to any other easily accessible lo...

Page 904: ...rt Controller are closed If they are running right click on the icons in the system tray and select Exit End Note For Windows 2000 XP Administrator privileges are required 3 From the Windows Desktop double click on the Local Firmware Update Tool shortcut icon to start the Panasonic Firmware Programming Wizard Note If a shortcut was not created to the Windows Desktop at the time of installation cli...

Page 905: ...set when the update of multiple firmware code files is necessary or Select an Independent File Step 5 2 If the archive file is already extracted into the local Data folder you can select an independent file here When updating multiple firmware files you must repeat the file selection operation 5 1 5 1a Select a Parent File Folder Complete Set Select Select a Parent File Folder Complete Set and cli...

Page 906: ...Local Firmware Update Tool Parallel USB Port Page 10 5 1c Select the Firmware Type and click OK 5 1d Firmware Code File selection is completed Click Next Please proceed to Step 6 ...

Page 907: ... 5 2 5 2a Select an Independent File Select Select an Independent File and click Browse button 5 2b Select the Firmware Code File For example SFDL2PNLAAV100000_PU BIN and click Open 5 2c Firmware Code File selection is completed Click Next Continue below ...

Page 908: ...it they are transferred in turn automatically if the unit is ready to receive the next firmware code file Note If you are updating the DP 2310 3010 the sending of sequential multiple files to the unit isn t done automatically The Waiting display on the PC will not advance to Executing until you set the unit back to USB Firmware Update on the machine to start receiving the next file See Unit inform...

Page 909: ...to USB Firmware Update and continue the firmware update automatically When the last firmware code file AutoBoot is received the unit will re boot automatically and return to standby The unit doesn t boot automatically when you select an independent file The display returns to Update in Progress Cycle the power Off On to reset the unit if the firmware code file transfer is finished and the display ...

Page 910: ...Local Firmware Update Tool Parallel USB Port Page 14 10 Confirm the message in the text box and click OK to close the tool or ...

Page 911: ...PJQMC1131ZA Panasonic Software Operating Instructions SD Card Firmware Writing Tool for Service Technicians Version 1 ...

Page 912: ...e SD Memory Card 5 3 1 Preparing the Firmware Code 5 4 Creating a Master Firmware SD Memory Card 6 1st Edition 2007 October 19 Microsoft Windows Windows Server and Windows Vista are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Copyright 1999 2007 Panasonic Communications Co Ltd All rights reserved Unauthorized copying and distribut...

Page 913: ... file name format in order to be read by the machine This tool will copy the firmware code files onto the SD Memory Card in the required file name format In order to perform the SD Memory Card Firmware Writing the following components are required A PC with an SD Card Reader Writer peripheral An SD Card with free space of 100 megabytes or more 1 1 Supported Operating Systems This application softw...

Page 914: ...Uninstalling the Local Firmware Update Tool The SD Card Firmware Writing Tool can be uninstalled by using its Uninstall program Note Do not delete the installed program folder from Windows Explorer directly due to possible registry setting problems 1 Start Microsoft Windows Log on to the computer from an account with Administrator privileges 2 Click the Start button on the Taskbar point to All Pro...

Page 915: ... s to the following folder C Panasonic Panasonic FUP Data Note An Archive File i e DP 2310_PU_030327 exe extracts the Firmware Code Files automatically into the designated folder without needing to paste the file into the folder manually In this case the file may be downloaded to the desktop or to any other easily accessible location on the hard disk drive ...

Page 916: ...he Windows Desktop double click on the SD Memory Card Firmware Writing Tool shortcut icon to start the tool Note If a shortcut was not created to the Windows Desktop at the time of installation click the Start button on the Taskbar point to All Programs Panasonic Panasonic Firmware Update then select SD Memory Card Firmware Writing Tool Click Browse of Source Firmware parent file folder 3 Select t...

Page 917: ...firmware code files 7 The completion message is displayed when copying is completed Click OK 8 A Firmware Deletion confirmation screen will appear Click Yes to delete the firmware code files that you used for the update or click No to keep the firmware code files in your PC for future use 9 Confirm the message in the text box and click OK to close the tool ...

Page 918: ...sed multiple model s firmware code files can be stored into one SD Memory Card The firmware code files are stored into the model name folder created under the following folder in the SD Memory Card PRIVATE PCC DIC model name FIRM xxxxxxxx bin xxxxxxxx bin version txt 2 Firmware Card and Data Card The data SD Memory Card of the device and Firmware CD Memory Card can t be shared ...

Page 919: ......

Page 920: ...Published in Japan ...

Search results

Summary of Contents for Workio DP-C265

Reviews:

Brands by name

Popular brands

Panasonic Workio DP-C265, Service Manual

Search results

Summary of Contents for Workio DP-C265

Reviews:

Brands by name

Popular brands